blob: 23e58de68c979bca75c50ddde386861d34f3e42c [file] [log] [blame]
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001//===--- SemaExpr.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Expressions -----------------===//
2//
3// The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4//
Chris Lattner0bc735f2007-12-29 19:59:25 +00005// This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6// License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00007//
8//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9//
10// This file implements semantic analysis for expressions.
11//
12//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13
14#include "Sema.h"
15#include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
Daniel Dunbarc4a1dea2008-08-11 05:35:13 +000016#include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +000017#include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
Steve Narofff494b572008-05-29 21:12:08 +000018#include "clang/AST/ExprObjC.h"
Douglas Gregoraaba5e32009-02-04 19:02:06 +000019#include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000020#include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h"
21#include "clang/Lex/LiteralSupport.h"
22#include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000023#include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000024#include "clang/Parse/DeclSpec.h"
Chris Lattner418f6c72008-10-26 23:43:26 +000025#include "clang/Parse/Designator.h"
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +000026#include "clang/Parse/Scope.h"
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +000027using namespace clang;
28
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000029/// \brief Determine whether the use of this declaration is valid, and
30/// emit any corresponding diagnostics.
31///
32/// This routine diagnoses various problems with referencing
33/// declarations that can occur when using a declaration. For example,
34/// it might warn if a deprecated or unavailable declaration is being
35/// used, or produce an error (and return true) if a C++0x deleted
36/// function is being used.
37///
38/// \returns true if there was an error (this declaration cannot be
39/// referenced), false otherwise.
40bool Sema::DiagnoseUseOfDecl(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000041 // See if the decl is deprecated.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000042 if (D->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>()) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000043 // Implementing deprecated stuff requires referencing deprecated
44 // stuff. Don't warn if we are implementing a deprecated
45 // construct.
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000046 bool isSilenced = false;
47
48 if (NamedDecl *ND = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl()) {
49 // If this reference happens *in* a deprecated function or method, don't
50 // warn.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000051 isSilenced = ND->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000052
53 // If this is an Objective-C method implementation, check to see if the
54 // method was deprecated on the declaration, not the definition.
55 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(ND)) {
56 // The semantic decl context of a ObjCMethodDecl is the
57 // ObjCImplementationDecl.
58 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *Impl
59 = dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(MD->getParent())) {
60
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +000061 MD = Impl->getClassInterface()->getMethod(MD->getSelector(),
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000062 MD->isInstanceMethod());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000063 isSilenced |= MD && MD->getAttr<DeprecatedAttr>();
Chris Lattnerf15970c2009-02-16 19:35:30 +000064 }
65 }
66 }
67
68 if (!isSilenced)
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000069 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_deprecated) << D->getDeclName();
70 }
71
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000072 // See if this is a deleted function.
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000073 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000074 if (FD->isDeleted()) {
75 Diag(Loc, diag::err_deleted_function_use);
76 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << true;
77 return true;
78 }
Douglas Gregor25d944a2009-02-24 04:26:15 +000079 }
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000080
81 // See if the decl is unavailable
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000082 if (D->getAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000083 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_unavailable) << D->getDeclName();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000084 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_unavailable_here) << 0;
85 }
86
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +000087 return false;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +000088}
89
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +000090/// DiagnoseSentinelCalls - This routine checks on method dispatch calls
91/// (and other functions in future), which have been declared with sentinel
92/// attribute. It warns if call does not have the sentinel argument.
93///
94void Sema::DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NamedDecl *D, SourceLocation Loc,
95 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs)
96{
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +000097 const SentinelAttr *attr = D->getAttr<SentinelAttr>();
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +000098 if (!attr)
99 return;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000100 int sentinelPos = attr->getSentinel();
101 int nullPos = attr->getNullPos();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000102
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000103 // FIXME. ObjCMethodDecl and FunctionDecl need be derived from the same common
104 // base class. Then we won't be needing two versions of the same code.
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000105 unsigned int i = 0;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000106 bool warnNotEnoughArgs = false;
107 int isMethod = 0;
108 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
109 // skip over named parameters.
110 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = MD->param_end();
111 for (P = MD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
112 if (nullPos)
113 --nullPos;
114 else
115 ++i;
116 }
117 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
118 isMethod = 1;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000119 } else if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000120 // skip over named parameters.
121 ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator P, E = FD->param_end();
122 for (P = FD->param_begin(); (P != E && i < NumArgs); ++P) {
123 if (nullPos)
124 --nullPos;
125 else
126 ++i;
127 }
128 warnNotEnoughArgs = (P != E || i >= NumArgs);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000129 } else if (VarDecl *V = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000130 // block or function pointer call.
131 QualType Ty = V->getType();
132 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType() || Ty->isFunctionPointerType()) {
133 const FunctionType *FT = Ty->isFunctionPointerType()
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000134 ? Ty->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType()
135 : Ty->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000136 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FT)) {
137 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
138 unsigned k;
139 for (k = 0; (k != NumArgsInProto && i < NumArgs); k++) {
140 if (nullPos)
141 --nullPos;
142 else
143 ++i;
144 }
145 warnNotEnoughArgs = (k != NumArgsInProto || i >= NumArgs);
146 }
147 if (Ty->isBlockPointerType())
148 isMethod = 2;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000149 } else
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000150 return;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000151 } else
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000152 return;
153
154 if (warnNotEnoughArgs) {
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000155 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000156 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000157 return;
158 }
159 int sentinel = i;
160 while (sentinelPos > 0 && i < NumArgs-1) {
161 --sentinelPos;
162 ++i;
163 }
164 if (sentinelPos > 0) {
165 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_enough_argument) << D->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000166 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000167 return;
168 }
169 while (i < NumArgs-1) {
170 ++i;
171 ++sentinel;
172 }
173 Expr *sentinelExpr = Args[sentinel];
174 if (sentinelExpr && (!sentinelExpr->getType()->isPointerType() ||
175 !sentinelExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context))) {
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +0000176 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_missing_sentinel) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian236673e2009-05-14 18:00:00 +0000177 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_sentinel_here) << isMethod;
Fariborz Jahanian88f1ba02009-05-13 23:20:50 +0000178 }
179 return;
Fariborz Jahanian5b530052009-05-13 18:09:35 +0000180}
181
Douglas Gregor4b2d3f72009-02-26 21:00:50 +0000182SourceRange Sema::getExprRange(ExprTy *E) const {
183 Expr *Ex = (Expr *)E;
184 return Ex? Ex->getSourceRange() : SourceRange();
185}
186
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000187//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
188// Standard Promotions and Conversions
189//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
190
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000191/// DefaultFunctionArrayConversion (C99 6.3.2.1p3, C99 6.3.2.1p4).
192void Sema::DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr *&E) {
193 QualType Ty = E->getType();
194 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultFunctionArrayConversion - missing type");
195
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000196 if (Ty->isFunctionType())
197 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getPointerType(Ty));
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000198 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) {
199 // In C90 mode, arrays only promote to pointers if the array expression is
200 // an lvalue. The relevant legalese is C90 6.2.2.1p3: "an lvalue that has
201 // type 'array of type' is converted to an expression that has type 'pointer
202 // to type'...". In C99 this was changed to: C99 6.3.2.1p3: "an expression
203 // that has type 'array of type' ...". The relevant change is "an lvalue"
204 // (C90) to "an expression" (C99).
Argyrios Kyrtzidisc39a3d72008-09-11 04:25:59 +0000205 //
206 // C++ 4.2p1:
207 // An lvalue or rvalue of type "array of N T" or "array of unknown bound of
208 // T" can be converted to an rvalue of type "pointer to T".
209 //
210 if (getLangOptions().C99 || getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ||
211 E->isLvalue(Context) == Expr::LV_Valid)
Anders Carlsson112a0a82009-08-07 23:48:20 +0000212 ImpCastExprToType(E, Context.getArrayDecayedType(Ty),
213 CastExpr::CK_ArrayToPointerDecay);
Chris Lattner67d33d82008-07-25 21:33:13 +0000214 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000215}
216
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000217/// \brief Whether this is a promotable bitfield reference according
218/// to C99 6.3.1.1p2, bullet 2.
219///
220/// \returns the type this bit-field will promote to, or NULL if no
221/// promotion occurs.
222static QualType isPromotableBitField(Expr *E, ASTContext &Context) {
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +0000223 FieldDecl *Field = E->getBitField();
224 if (!Field)
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000225 return QualType();
226
227 const BuiltinType *BT = Field->getType()->getAsBuiltinType();
228 if (!BT)
229 return QualType();
230
231 if (BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Bool &&
232 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::Int &&
233 BT->getKind() != BuiltinType::UInt)
234 return QualType();
235
236 llvm::APSInt BitWidthAP;
237 if (!Field->getBitWidth()->isIntegerConstantExpr(BitWidthAP, Context))
238 return QualType();
239
240 uint64_t BitWidth = BitWidthAP.getZExtValue();
241 uint64_t IntSize = Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy);
242 if (BitWidth < IntSize ||
243 (Field->getType()->isSignedIntegerType() && BitWidth == IntSize))
244 return Context.IntTy;
245
246 if (BitWidth == IntSize && Field->getType()->isUnsignedIntegerType())
247 return Context.UnsignedIntTy;
248
249 return QualType();
250}
251
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000252/// UsualUnaryConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to most
253/// operators (C99 6.3). The conversions of array and function types are
254/// sometimes surpressed. For example, the array->pointer conversion doesn't
255/// apply if the array is an argument to the sizeof or address (&) operators.
256/// In these instances, this routine should *not* be called.
257Expr *Sema::UsualUnaryConversions(Expr *&Expr) {
258 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
259 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "UsualUnaryConversions - missing type");
260
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000261 // C99 6.3.1.1p2:
262 //
263 // The following may be used in an expression wherever an int or
264 // unsigned int may be used:
265 // - an object or expression with an integer type whose integer
266 // conversion rank is less than or equal to the rank of int
267 // and unsigned int.
268 // - A bit-field of type _Bool, int, signed int, or unsigned int.
269 //
270 // If an int can represent all values of the original type, the
271 // value is converted to an int; otherwise, it is converted to an
272 // unsigned int. These are called the integer promotions. All
273 // other types are unchanged by the integer promotions.
274 if (Ty->isPromotableIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000275 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.IntTy);
Douglas Gregorfc24e442009-05-01 20:41:21 +0000276 return Expr;
277 } else {
278 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(Expr, Context);
279 if (!T.isNull()) {
280 ImpCastExprToType(Expr, T);
281 return Expr;
282 }
283 }
284
285 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Expr);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000286 return Expr;
287}
288
Chris Lattner05faf172008-07-25 22:25:12 +0000289/// DefaultArgumentPromotion (C99 6.5.2.2p6). Used for function calls that
290/// do not have a prototype. Arguments that have type float are promoted to
291/// double. All other argument types are converted by UsualUnaryConversions().
292void Sema::DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr) {
293 QualType Ty = Expr->getType();
294 assert(!Ty.isNull() && "DefaultArgumentPromotion - missing type");
295
296 // If this is a 'float' (CVR qualified or typedef) promote to double.
297 if (const BuiltinType *BT = Ty->getAsBuiltinType())
298 if (BT->getKind() == BuiltinType::Float)
299 return ImpCastExprToType(Expr, Context.DoubleTy);
300
301 UsualUnaryConversions(Expr);
302}
303
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000304/// DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion - Like DefaultArgumentPromotion, but
305/// will warn if the resulting type is not a POD type, and rejects ObjC
306/// interfaces passed by value. This returns true if the argument type is
307/// completely illegal.
308bool Sema::DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Expr *&Expr, VariadicCallType CT) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000309 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Expr);
310
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000311 if (Expr->getType()->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
312 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(),
313 diag::err_cannot_pass_objc_interface_to_vararg)
314 << Expr->getType() << CT;
315 return true;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000316 }
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +0000317
318 if (!Expr->getType()->isPODType())
319 Diag(Expr->getLocStart(), diag::warn_cannot_pass_non_pod_arg_to_vararg)
320 << Expr->getType() << CT;
321
322 return false;
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +0000323}
324
325
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000326/// UsualArithmeticConversions - Performs various conversions that are common to
327/// binary operators (C99 6.3.1.8). If both operands aren't arithmetic, this
328/// routine returns the first non-arithmetic type found. The client is
329/// responsible for emitting appropriate error diagnostics.
330/// FIXME: verify the conversion rules for "complex int" are consistent with
331/// GCC.
332QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversions(Expr *&lhsExpr, Expr *&rhsExpr,
333 bool isCompAssign) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000334 if (!isCompAssign)
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000335 UsualUnaryConversions(lhsExpr);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000336
337 UsualUnaryConversions(rhsExpr);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000338
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000339 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
340 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +0000341 QualType lhs =
342 Context.getCanonicalType(lhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
343 QualType rhs =
344 Context.getCanonicalType(rhsExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000345
346 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
347 if (lhs == rhs)
348 return lhs;
349
350 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
351 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
352 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
353 return lhs;
354
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +0000355 // Perform bitfield promotions.
356 QualType LHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(lhsExpr, Context);
357 if (!LHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
358 lhs = LHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
359 QualType RHSBitfieldPromoteTy = isPromotableBitField(rhsExpr, Context);
360 if (!RHSBitfieldPromoteTy.isNull())
361 rhs = RHSBitfieldPromoteTy;
362
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000363 QualType destType = UsualArithmeticConversionsType(lhs, rhs);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000364 if (!isCompAssign)
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000365 ImpCastExprToType(lhsExpr, destType);
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +0000366 ImpCastExprToType(rhsExpr, destType);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000367 return destType;
368}
369
370QualType Sema::UsualArithmeticConversionsType(QualType lhs, QualType rhs) {
371 // Perform the usual unary conversions. We do this early so that
372 // integral promotions to "int" can allow us to exit early, in the
373 // lhs == rhs check. Also, for conversion purposes, we ignore any
374 // qualifiers. For example, "const float" and "float" are
375 // equivalent.
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000376 if (lhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
377 lhs = Context.IntTy;
378 else
379 lhs = lhs.getUnqualifiedType();
380 if (rhs->isPromotableIntegerType())
381 rhs = Context.IntTy;
382 else
383 rhs = rhs.getUnqualifiedType();
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +0000384
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000385 // If both types are identical, no conversion is needed.
386 if (lhs == rhs)
387 return lhs;
388
389 // If either side is a non-arithmetic type (e.g. a pointer), we are done.
390 // The caller can deal with this (e.g. pointer + int).
391 if (!lhs->isArithmeticType() || !rhs->isArithmeticType())
392 return lhs;
393
394 // At this point, we have two different arithmetic types.
395
396 // Handle complex types first (C99 6.3.1.8p1).
397 if (lhs->isComplexType() || rhs->isComplexType()) {
398 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the complex type.
399 if (rhs->isIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
400 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000401 return lhs;
402 }
403 if (lhs->isIntegerType() || lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
404 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000405 return rhs;
406 }
407 // This handles complex/complex, complex/float, or float/complex.
408 // When both operands are complex, the shorter operand is converted to the
409 // type of the longer, and that is the type of the result. This corresponds
410 // to what is done when combining two real floating-point operands.
411 // The fun begins when size promotion occur across type domains.
412 // From H&S 6.3.4: When one operand is complex and the other is a real
413 // floating-point type, the less precise type is converted, within it's
414 // real or complex domain, to the precision of the other type. For example,
415 // when combining a "long double" with a "double _Complex", the
416 // "double _Complex" is promoted to "long double _Complex".
417 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
418
419 if (result > 0) { // The left side is bigger, convert rhs.
420 rhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000421 } else if (result < 0) { // The right side is bigger, convert lhs.
422 lhs = Context.getFloatingTypeOfSizeWithinDomain(rhs, lhs);
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000423 }
424 // At this point, lhs and rhs have the same rank/size. Now, make sure the
425 // domains match. This is a requirement for our implementation, C99
426 // does not require this promotion.
427 if (lhs != rhs) { // Domains don't match, we have complex/float mix.
428 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType()) { // handle "double, _Complex double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000429 return rhs;
430 } else { // handle "_Complex double, double".
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000431 return lhs;
432 }
433 }
434 return lhs; // The domain/size match exactly.
435 }
436 // Now handle "real" floating types (i.e. float, double, long double).
437 if (lhs->isRealFloatingType() || rhs->isRealFloatingType()) {
438 // if we have an integer operand, the result is the real floating type.
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000439 if (rhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000440 // convert rhs to the lhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000441 return lhs;
442 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000443 if (rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
444 // convert rhs to the complex floating point type.
445 return Context.getComplexType(lhs);
446 }
447 if (lhs->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000448 // convert lhs to the rhs floating point type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000449 return rhs;
450 }
Anders Carlsson5b1f3f02008-12-10 23:30:05 +0000451 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
452 // convert lhs to the complex floating point type.
453 return Context.getComplexType(rhs);
454 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000455 // We have two real floating types, float/complex combos were handled above.
456 // Convert the smaller operand to the bigger result.
457 int result = Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000458 if (result > 0) // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000459 return lhs;
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000460 assert(result < 0 && "illegal float comparison");
461 return rhs; // convert the lhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000462 }
463 if (lhs->isComplexIntegerType() || rhs->isComplexIntegerType()) {
464 // Handle GCC complex int extension.
465 const ComplexType *lhsComplexInt = lhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
466 const ComplexType *rhsComplexInt = rhs->getAsComplexIntegerType();
467
468 if (lhsComplexInt && rhsComplexInt) {
469 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhsComplexInt->getElementType(),
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +0000470 rhsComplexInt->getElementType()) >= 0)
471 return lhs; // convert the rhs
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000472 return rhs;
473 } else if (lhsComplexInt && rhs->isIntegerType()) {
474 // convert the rhs to the lhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000475 return lhs;
476 } else if (rhsComplexInt && lhs->isIntegerType()) {
477 // convert the lhs to the rhs complex type.
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000478 return rhs;
479 }
480 }
481 // Finally, we have two differing integer types.
482 // The rules for this case are in C99 6.3.1.8
483 int compare = Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(lhs, rhs);
484 bool lhsSigned = lhs->isSignedIntegerType(),
485 rhsSigned = rhs->isSignedIntegerType();
486 QualType destType;
487 if (lhsSigned == rhsSigned) {
488 // Same signedness; use the higher-ranked type
489 destType = compare >= 0 ? lhs : rhs;
490 } else if (compare != (lhsSigned ? 1 : -1)) {
491 // The unsigned type has greater than or equal rank to the
492 // signed type, so use the unsigned type
493 destType = lhsSigned ? rhs : lhs;
494 } else if (Context.getIntWidth(lhs) != Context.getIntWidth(rhs)) {
495 // The two types are different widths; if we are here, that
496 // means the signed type is larger than the unsigned type, so
497 // use the signed type.
498 destType = lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs;
499 } else {
500 // The signed type is higher-ranked than the unsigned type,
501 // but isn't actually any bigger (like unsigned int and long
502 // on most 32-bit systems). Use the unsigned type corresponding
503 // to the signed type.
504 destType = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhsSigned ? lhs : rhs);
505 }
Chris Lattnere7a2e912008-07-25 21:10:04 +0000506 return destType;
507}
508
509//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
510// Semantic Analysis for various Expression Types
511//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
512
513
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000514/// ActOnStringLiteral - The specified tokens were lexed as pasted string
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000515/// fragments (e.g. "foo" "bar" L"baz"). The result string has to handle string
516/// concatenation ([C99 5.1.1.2, translation phase #6]), so it may come from
517/// multiple tokens. However, the common case is that StringToks points to one
518/// string.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000519///
520Action::OwningExprResult
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +0000521Sema::ActOnStringLiteral(const Token *StringToks, unsigned NumStringToks) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000522 assert(NumStringToks && "Must have at least one string!");
523
Chris Lattnerbbee00b2009-01-16 18:51:42 +0000524 StringLiteralParser Literal(StringToks, NumStringToks, PP);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000525 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000526 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000527
528 llvm::SmallVector<SourceLocation, 4> StringTokLocs;
529 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumStringToks; ++i)
530 StringTokLocs.push_back(StringToks[i].getLocation());
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000531
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000532 QualType StrTy = Context.CharTy;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis55f4b022008-08-09 17:20:01 +0000533 if (Literal.AnyWide) StrTy = Context.getWCharType();
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000534 if (Literal.Pascal) StrTy = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +0000535
536 // A C++ string literal has a const-qualified element type (C++ 2.13.4p1).
537 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
538 StrTy.addConst();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000539
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000540 // Get an array type for the string, according to C99 6.4.5. This includes
541 // the nul terminator character as well as the string length for pascal
542 // strings.
543 StrTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(StrTy,
Chris Lattnerdbb1ecc2009-02-26 23:01:51 +0000544 llvm::APInt(32, Literal.GetNumStringChars()+1),
Chris Lattnera7ad98f2008-02-11 00:02:17 +0000545 ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Chris Lattner726e1682009-02-18 05:49:11 +0000546
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000547 // Pass &StringTokLocs[0], StringTokLocs.size() to factory!
Chris Lattner2085fd62009-02-18 06:40:38 +0000548 return Owned(StringLiteral::Create(Context, Literal.GetString(),
549 Literal.GetStringLength(),
550 Literal.AnyWide, StrTy,
551 &StringTokLocs[0],
552 StringTokLocs.size()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000553}
554
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000555/// ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference - Return true if a reference inside of
556/// CurBlock to VD should cause it to be snapshotted (as we do for auto
557/// variables defined outside the block) or false if this is not needed (e.g.
558/// for values inside the block or for globals).
559///
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000560/// This also keeps the 'hasBlockDeclRefExprs' in the BlockSemaInfo records
561/// up-to-date.
562///
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000563static bool ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(BlockSemaInfo *CurBlock,
564 ValueDecl *VD) {
565 // If the value is defined inside the block, we couldn't snapshot it even if
566 // we wanted to.
567 if (CurBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
568 return false;
569
570 // If this is an enum constant or function, it is constant, don't snapshot.
571 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(VD) || isa<FunctionDecl>(VD))
572 return false;
573
574 // If this is a reference to an extern, static, or global variable, no need to
575 // snapshot it.
576 // FIXME: What about 'const' variables in C++?
577 if (const VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD))
Chris Lattner17f3a6d2009-04-21 22:26:47 +0000578 if (!Var->hasLocalStorage())
579 return false;
580
581 // Blocks that have these can't be constant.
582 CurBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
583
584 // If we have nested blocks, the decl may be declared in an outer block (in
585 // which case that outer block doesn't get "hasBlockDeclRefExprs") or it may
586 // be defined outside all of the current blocks (in which case the blocks do
587 // all get the bit). Walk the nesting chain.
588 for (BlockSemaInfo *NextBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo; NextBlock;
589 NextBlock = NextBlock->PrevBlockInfo) {
590 // If we found the defining block for the variable, don't mark the block as
591 // having a reference outside it.
592 if (NextBlock->TheDecl == VD->getDeclContext())
593 break;
594
595 // Otherwise, the DeclRef from the inner block causes the outer one to need
596 // a snapshot as well.
597 NextBlock->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = true;
598 }
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +0000599
600 return true;
601}
602
603
604
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +0000605/// ActOnIdentifierExpr - The parser read an identifier in expression context,
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000606/// validate it per-C99 6.5.1. HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this
Steve Naroff0d755ad2008-03-19 23:46:26 +0000607/// identifier is used in a function call context.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000608/// SS is only used for a C++ qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000609/// class or namespace that the identifier must be a member of.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000610Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnIdentifierExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
611 IdentifierInfo &II,
612 bool HasTrailingLParen,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000613 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
614 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
615 return ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(S, Loc, &II, HasTrailingLParen, SS,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000616 isAddressOfOperand);
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000617}
618
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000619/// BuildDeclRefExpr - Build either a DeclRefExpr or a
620/// QualifiedDeclRefExpr based on whether or not SS is a
621/// nested-name-specifier.
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000622Sema::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000623Sema::BuildDeclRefExpr(NamedDecl *D, QualType Ty, SourceLocation Loc,
624 bool TypeDependent, bool ValueDependent,
625 const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
Anders Carlssone2bb2242009-06-26 19:16:07 +0000626 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Ty) == Context.UndeducedAutoTy) {
627 Diag(Loc,
628 diag::err_auto_variable_cannot_appear_in_own_initializer)
629 << D->getDeclName();
630 return ExprError();
631 }
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000632
633 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
634 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
635 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = MD->getParent()->isLocalClass()) {
636 if (VD->hasLocalStorage() && VD->getDeclContext() != CurContext) {
637 Diag(Loc, diag::err_reference_to_local_var_in_enclosing_function)
638 << D->getIdentifier() << FD->getDeclName();
639 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::note_local_variable_declared_here)
640 << D->getIdentifier();
641 return ExprError();
642 }
643 }
644 }
645 }
646
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000647 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000648
649 Expr *E;
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000650 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000651 E = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent,
652 ValueDependent, SS->getRange(),
Douglas Gregor35073692009-03-26 23:56:24 +0000653 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()));
Douglas Gregorbad35182009-03-19 03:51:16 +0000654 } else
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +0000655 E = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(D, Ty, Loc, TypeDependent, ValueDependent);
656
657 return Owned(E);
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +0000658}
659
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000660/// getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl - Retrieve the (unnamed) field or
661/// variable corresponding to the anonymous union or struct whose type
662/// is Record.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000663static Decl *getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(ASTContext &Context,
664 RecordDecl *Record) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000665 assert(Record->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
666 "Record must be an anonymous struct or union!");
667
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000668 // FIXME: Once Decls are directly linked together, this will be an O(1)
669 // operation rather than a slow walk through DeclContext's vector (which
670 // itself will be eliminated). DeclGroups might make this even better.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000671 DeclContext *Ctx = Record->getDeclContext();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000672 for (DeclContext::decl_iterator D = Ctx->decls_begin(),
673 DEnd = Ctx->decls_end();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000674 D != DEnd; ++D) {
675 if (*D == Record) {
676 // The object for the anonymous struct/union directly
677 // follows its type in the list of declarations.
678 ++D;
679 assert(D != DEnd && "Missing object for anonymous record");
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000680 assert(!cast<NamedDecl>(*D)->getDeclName() && "Decl should be unnamed");
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000681 return *D;
682 }
683 }
684
685 assert(false && "Missing object for anonymous record");
686 return 0;
687}
688
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000689/// \brief Given a field that represents a member of an anonymous
690/// struct/union, build the path from that field's context to the
691/// actual member.
692///
693/// Construct the sequence of field member references we'll have to
694/// perform to get to the field in the anonymous union/struct. The
695/// list of members is built from the field outward, so traverse it
696/// backwards to go from an object in the current context to the field
697/// we found.
698///
699/// \returns The variable from which the field access should begin,
700/// for an anonymous struct/union that is not a member of another
701/// class. Otherwise, returns NULL.
702VarDecl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(FieldDecl *Field,
703 llvm::SmallVectorImpl<FieldDecl *> &Path) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000704 assert(Field->getDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
705 cast<RecordDecl>(Field->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()
706 && "Field must be stored inside an anonymous struct or union");
707
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000708 Path.push_back(Field);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000709 VarDecl *BaseObject = 0;
710 DeclContext *Ctx = Field->getDeclContext();
711 do {
712 RecordDecl *Record = cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx);
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +0000713 Decl *AnonObject = getObjectForAnonymousRecordDecl(Context, Record);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000714 if (FieldDecl *AnonField = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(AnonObject))
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000715 Path.push_back(AnonField);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000716 else {
717 BaseObject = cast<VarDecl>(AnonObject);
718 break;
719 }
720 Ctx = Ctx->getParent();
721 } while (Ctx->isRecord() &&
722 cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)->isAnonymousStructOrUnion());
Douglas Gregorffb4b6e2009-04-15 06:41:24 +0000723
724 return BaseObject;
725}
726
727Sema::OwningExprResult
728Sema::BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(SourceLocation Loc,
729 FieldDecl *Field,
730 Expr *BaseObjectExpr,
731 SourceLocation OpLoc) {
732 llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4> AnonFields;
733 VarDecl *BaseObject = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberPath(Field,
734 AnonFields);
735
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000736 // Build the expression that refers to the base object, from
737 // which we will build a sequence of member references to each
738 // of the anonymous union objects and, eventually, the field we
739 // found via name lookup.
740 bool BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
741 unsigned ExtraQuals = 0;
742 if (BaseObject) {
743 // BaseObject is an anonymous struct/union variable (and is,
744 // therefore, not part of another non-anonymous record).
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +0000745 if (BaseObjectExpr) BaseObjectExpr->Destroy(Context);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000746 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, BaseObject);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000747 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(BaseObject,BaseObject->getType(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000748 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000749 ExtraQuals
750 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseObject->getType()).getCVRQualifiers();
751 } else if (BaseObjectExpr) {
752 // The caller provided the base object expression. Determine
753 // whether its a pointer and whether it adds any qualifiers to the
754 // anonymous struct/union fields we're looking into.
755 QualType ObjectType = BaseObjectExpr->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +0000756 if (const PointerType *ObjectPtr = ObjectType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000757 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
758 ObjectType = ObjectPtr->getPointeeType();
759 }
760 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(ObjectType).getCVRQualifiers();
761 } else {
762 // We've found a member of an anonymous struct/union that is
763 // inside a non-anonymous struct/union, so in a well-formed
764 // program our base object expression is "this".
765 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
766 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
767 QualType AnonFieldType
768 = Context.getTagDeclType(
769 cast<RecordDecl>(AnonFields.back()->getDeclContext()));
770 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
771 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(AnonFieldType)
772 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
773 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, AnonFieldType)) {
774 // Our base object expression is "this".
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000775 BaseObjectExpr = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +0000776 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000777 BaseObjectIsPointer = true;
778 }
779 } else {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000780 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
781 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000782 }
783 ExtraQuals = MD->getTypeQualifiers();
784 }
785
786 if (!BaseObjectExpr)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000787 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
788 << Field->getDeclName());
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000789 }
790
791 // Build the implicit member references to the field of the
792 // anonymous struct/union.
793 Expr *Result = BaseObjectExpr;
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000794 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseObjectExpr->getType().getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000795 for (llvm::SmallVector<FieldDecl *, 4>::reverse_iterator
796 FI = AnonFields.rbegin(), FIEnd = AnonFields.rend();
797 FI != FIEnd; ++FI) {
798 QualType MemberType = (*FI)->getType();
799 if (!(*FI)->isMutable()) {
800 unsigned combinedQualifiers
801 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | ExtraQuals;
802 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
803 }
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +0000804 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
805 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000806 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, *FI);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000807 Result = new (Context) MemberExpr(Result, BaseObjectIsPointer, *FI,
808 OpLoc, MemberType);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000809 BaseObjectIsPointer = false;
810 ExtraQuals = Context.getCanonicalType(MemberType).getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000811 }
812
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000813 return Owned(Result);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +0000814}
815
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000816/// ActOnDeclarationNameExpr - The parser has read some kind of name
817/// (e.g., a C++ id-expression (C++ [expr.prim]p1)). This routine
818/// performs lookup on that name and returns an expression that refers
819/// to that name. This routine isn't directly called from the parser,
820/// because the parser doesn't know about DeclarationName. Rather,
821/// this routine is called by ActOnIdentifierExpr,
822/// ActOnOperatorFunctionIdExpr, and ActOnConversionFunctionExpr,
823/// which form the DeclarationName from the corresponding syntactic
824/// forms.
825///
826/// HasTrailingLParen indicates whether this identifier is used in a
827/// function call context. LookupCtx is only used for a C++
828/// qualified-id (foo::bar) to indicate the class or namespace that
829/// the identifier must be a member of.
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000830///
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000831/// isAddressOfOperand means that this expression is the direct operand
832/// of an address-of operator. This matters because this is the only
833/// situation where a qualified name referencing a non-static member may
834/// appear outside a member function of this class.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000835Sema::OwningExprResult
836Sema::ActOnDeclarationNameExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation Loc,
837 DeclarationName Name, bool HasTrailingLParen,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +0000838 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +0000839 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000840 // Could be enum-constant, value decl, instance variable, etc.
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +0000841 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
842 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000843
844 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
845 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
846 // -- a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
847 // names a dependent type.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +0000848 // FIXME: Member of the current instantiation.
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000849 if (SS && isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +0000850 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedDeclRefExpr(Name, Context.DependentTy,
851 Loc, SS->getRange(),
Anders Carlsson9b31df42009-07-09 00:05:08 +0000852 static_cast<NestedNameSpecifier *>(SS->getScopeRep()),
853 isAddressOfOperand));
Douglas Gregor5953d8b2009-03-19 17:26:29 +0000854 }
855
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +0000856 LookupResult Lookup = LookupParsedName(S, SS, Name, LookupOrdinaryName,
857 false, true, Loc);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +0000858
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000859 if (Lookup.isAmbiguous()) {
860 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Lookup, Name, Loc,
861 SS && SS->isSet() ? SS->getRange()
862 : SourceRange());
863 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000864 }
865
866 NamedDecl *D = Lookup.getAsDecl();
Douglas Gregor5c37de72008-12-06 00:22:45 +0000867
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000868 // If this reference is in an Objective-C method, then ivar lookup happens as
869 // well.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000870 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
871 if (II && getCurMethodDecl()) {
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000872 // There are two cases to handle here. 1) scoped lookup could have failed,
873 // in which case we should look for an ivar. 2) scoped lookup could have
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000874 // found a decl, but that decl is outside the current instance method (i.e.
875 // a global variable). In these two cases, we do a lookup for an ivar with
876 // this name, if the lookup sucedes, we replace it our current decl.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000877 if (D == 0 || D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod()) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis53d0ea52008-06-28 06:07:14 +0000878 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000879 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000880 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Chris Lattner553905d2009-02-16 17:19:12 +0000881 // Check if referencing a field with __attribute__((deprecated)).
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000882 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, Loc))
883 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000884
885 // If we're referencing an invalid decl, just return this as a silent
886 // error node. The error diagnostic was already emitted on the decl.
887 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
888 return ExprError();
889
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000890 bool IsClsMethod = getCurMethodDecl()->isClassMethod();
891 // If a class method attemps to use a free standing ivar, this is
892 // an error.
893 if (IsClsMethod && D && !D->isDefinedOutsideFunctionOrMethod())
894 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::error_ivar_use_in_class_method)
895 << IV->getDeclName());
896 // If a class method uses a global variable, even if an ivar with
897 // same name exists, use the global.
898 if (!IsClsMethod) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000899 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private &&
900 ClassDeclared != IFace)
901 Diag(Loc, diag::error_private_ivar_access) << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +0000902 // FIXME: This should use a new expr for a direct reference, don't
903 // turn this into Self->ivar, just return a BareIVarExpr or something.
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000904 IdentifierInfo &II = Context.Idents.get("self");
Argyrios Kyrtzidisecd1bae2009-07-18 08:49:37 +0000905 OwningExprResult SelfExpr = ActOnIdentifierExpr(S, SourceLocation(),
906 II, false);
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +0000907 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, IV);
Daniel Dunbar525c9b72009-04-21 01:19:28 +0000908 return Owned(new (Context)
909 ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(), Loc,
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +0000910 SelfExpr.takeAs<Expr>(), true, true));
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000911 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000912 }
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +0000913 } else if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod()) {
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000914 // We should warn if a local variable hides an ivar.
915 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000916 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +0000917 if (ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IFace->lookupInstanceVariable(II, ClassDeclared)) {
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000918 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Private ||
919 IFace == ClassDeclared)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +0000920 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivar_use_hidden) << IV->getDeclName();
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +0000921 }
Fariborz Jahanian077c1e72009-03-02 21:55:29 +0000922 }
Steve Naroff76de9d72008-08-10 19:10:41 +0000923 // Needed to implement property "super.method" notation.
Douglas Gregor4afa39d2009-01-20 01:17:11 +0000924 if (D == 0 && II->isStr("super")) {
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000925 QualType T;
926
927 if (getCurMethodDecl()->isInstanceMethod())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +0000928 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(Context.getObjCInterfaceType(
929 getCurMethodDecl()->getClassInterface()));
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +0000930 else
931 T = Context.getObjCClassType();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +0000932 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCSuperExpr(Loc, T));
Steve Naroffe3e9add2008-06-02 23:03:37 +0000933 }
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000934 }
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000935
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +0000936 // Determine whether this name might be a candidate for
937 // argument-dependent lookup.
938 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
939 HasTrailingLParen;
940
941 if (ADL && D == 0) {
Douglas Gregorc71e28c2009-02-16 19:28:42 +0000942 // We've seen something of the form
943 //
944 // identifier(
945 //
946 // and we did not find any entity by the name
947 // "identifier". However, this identifier is still subject to
948 // argument-dependent lookup, so keep track of the name.
949 return Owned(new (Context) UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr(Name,
950 Context.OverloadTy,
951 Loc));
952 }
953
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000954 if (D == 0) {
955 // Otherwise, this could be an implicitly declared function reference (legal
956 // in C90, extension in C99).
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000957 if (HasTrailingLParen && II &&
Chris Lattner8a934232008-03-31 00:36:02 +0000958 !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) // Not in C++.
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000959 D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(Loc, *II, S);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000960 else {
961 // If this name wasn't predeclared and if this is not a function call,
962 // diagnose the problem.
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000963 if (SS && !SS->isEmpty())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000964 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
965 << Name << SS->getRange());
Douglas Gregor10c42622008-11-18 15:03:34 +0000966 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXOperatorName ||
967 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000968 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_use)
969 << Name.getAsString());
Argyrios Kyrtzidisef6e6472008-11-08 17:17:31 +0000970 else
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +0000971 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_undeclared_var_use) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +0000972 }
973 }
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +0000974
975 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
976 // Warn about constructs like:
977 // if (void *X = foo()) { ... } else { X }.
978 // In the else block, the pointer is always false.
979
980 // FIXME: In a template instantiation, we don't have scope
981 // information to check this property.
982 if (Var->isDeclaredInCondition() && Var->getType()->isScalarType()) {
983 Scope *CheckS = S;
984 while (CheckS) {
985 if (CheckS->isWithinElse() &&
986 CheckS->getControlParent()->isDeclScope(DeclPtrTy::make(Var))) {
987 if (Var->getType()->isBooleanType())
988 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_false)
989 << Var->getDeclName());
990 else
991 ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::warn_value_always_zero)
992 << Var->getDeclName());
993 break;
994 }
995
996 // Move up one more control parent to check again.
997 CheckS = CheckS->getControlParent();
998 if (CheckS)
999 CheckS = CheckS->getParent();
1000 }
1001 }
1002 } else if (FunctionDecl *Func = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1003 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && !Func->hasPrototype()) {
1004 // C99 DR 316 says that, if a function type comes from a
1005 // function definition (without a prototype), that type is only
1006 // used for checking compatibility. Therefore, when referencing
1007 // the function, we pretend that we don't have the full function
1008 // type.
1009 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Func, Loc))
1010 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001011
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001012 QualType T = Func->getType();
1013 QualType NoProtoType = T;
1014 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = T->getAsFunctionProtoType())
1015 NoProtoType = Context.getFunctionNoProtoType(Proto->getResultType());
1016 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Func, NoProtoType, Loc, false, false, SS);
1017 }
1018 }
1019
1020 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(Loc, D, HasTrailingLParen, SS, isAddressOfOperand);
1021}
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001022/// \brief Cast member's object to its own class if necessary.
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001023bool
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001024Sema::PerformObjectMemberConversion(Expr *&From, NamedDecl *Member) {
1025 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Member))
1026 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD =
1027 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())) {
1028 QualType DestType =
1029 Context.getCanonicalType(Context.getTypeDeclType(RD));
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001030 if (DestType->isDependentType() || From->getType()->isDependentType())
1031 return false;
1032 QualType FromRecordType = From->getType();
1033 QualType DestRecordType = DestType;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001034 if (FromRecordType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001035 DestType = Context.getPointerType(DestType);
1036 FromRecordType = FromRecordType->getPointeeType();
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001037 }
Fariborz Jahanian96e2fa92009-07-29 20:41:46 +00001038 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FromRecordType, DestRecordType) &&
1039 CheckDerivedToBaseConversion(FromRecordType,
1040 DestRecordType,
1041 From->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
1042 From->getSourceRange()))
1043 return true;
Anders Carlsson3503d042009-07-31 01:23:52 +00001044 ImpCastExprToType(From, DestType, CastExpr::CK_DerivedToBase,
1045 /*isLvalue=*/true);
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001046 }
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001047 return false;
Fariborz Jahanian98a541e2009-07-29 18:40:24 +00001048}
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001049
1050/// \brief Complete semantic analysis for a reference to the given declaration.
1051Sema::OwningExprResult
1052Sema::BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SourceLocation Loc, NamedDecl *D,
1053 bool HasTrailingLParen,
1054 const CXXScopeSpec *SS,
1055 bool isAddressOfOperand) {
1056 assert(D && "Cannot refer to a NULL declaration");
1057 DeclarationName Name = D->getDeclName();
1058
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001059 // If this is an expression of the form &Class::member, don't build an
1060 // implicit member ref, because we want a pointer to the member in general,
1061 // not any specific instance's member.
1062 if (isAddressOfOperand && SS && !SS->isEmpty() && !HasTrailingLParen) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001063 DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001064 if (D && isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001065 QualType DType;
1066 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1067 DType = FD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
1068 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1069 DType = Method->getType();
1070 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1071 DType = Context.OverloadTy;
1072 }
1073 // Could be an inner type. That's diagnosed below, so ignore it here.
1074 if (!DType.isNull()) {
1075 // The pointer is type- and value-dependent if it points into something
1076 // dependent.
Douglas Gregor00c44862009-05-29 14:49:33 +00001077 bool Dependent = DC->isDependentContext();
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001078 return BuildDeclRefExpr(D, DType, Loc, Dependent, Dependent, SS);
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00001079 }
1080 }
1081 }
1082
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001083 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
1084 // (C++ [class.union]).
1085 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D))
1086 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
1087 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(Loc, FD);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001088
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001089 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1090 if (!MD->isStatic()) {
1091 // C++ [class.mfct.nonstatic]p2:
1092 // [...] if name lookup (3.4.1) resolves the name in the
1093 // id-expression to a nonstatic nontype member of class X or of
1094 // a base class of X, the id-expression is transformed into a
1095 // class member access expression (5.2.5) using (*this) (9.3.2)
1096 // as the postfix-expression to the left of the '.' operator.
1097 DeclContext *Ctx = 0;
1098 QualType MemberType;
1099 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
1100 Ctx = FD->getDeclContext();
1101 MemberType = FD->getType();
1102
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001103 if (const ReferenceType *RefType = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001104 MemberType = RefType->getPointeeType();
1105 else if (!FD->isMutable()) {
1106 unsigned combinedQualifiers
1107 = MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | MD->getTypeQualifiers();
1108 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
1109 }
1110 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
1111 if (!Method->isStatic()) {
1112 Ctx = Method->getParent();
1113 MemberType = Method->getType();
1114 }
1115 } else if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
1116 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D)) {
1117 for (OverloadedFunctionDecl::function_iterator
1118 Func = Ovl->function_begin(),
1119 FuncEnd = Ovl->function_end();
1120 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
1121 if (CXXMethodDecl *DMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(*Func))
1122 if (!DMethod->isStatic()) {
1123 Ctx = Ovl->getDeclContext();
1124 MemberType = Context.OverloadTy;
1125 break;
1126 }
1127 }
1128 }
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001129
1130 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001131 QualType CtxType = Context.getTagDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Ctx));
1132 QualType ThisType = Context.getTagDeclType(MD->getParent());
1133 if ((Context.getCanonicalType(CtxType)
1134 == Context.getCanonicalType(ThisType)) ||
1135 IsDerivedFrom(ThisType, CtxType)) {
1136 // Build the implicit member access expression.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001137 Expr *This = new (Context) CXXThisExpr(SourceLocation(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001138 MD->getThisType(Context));
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001139 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, D);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00001140 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(This, D))
1141 return ExprError();
Anders Carlsson0f44b5a2009-08-08 16:55:18 +00001142 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(D, Loc))
1143 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor47b9a1c2009-02-04 17:27:36 +00001144 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(This, true, D,
Eli Friedman72527132009-04-29 17:56:47 +00001145 Loc, MemberType));
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001146 }
1147 }
1148 }
1149 }
1150
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00001151 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(D)) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001152 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(CurContext)) {
1153 if (MD->isStatic())
1154 // "invalid use of member 'x' in static member function"
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001155 return ExprError(Diag(Loc,diag::err_invalid_member_use_in_static_method)
1156 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001157 }
1158
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001159 // Any other ways we could have found the field in a well-formed
1160 // program would have been turned into implicit member expressions
1161 // above.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001162 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_non_static_member_use)
1163 << FD->getDeclName());
Argyrios Kyrtzidis07952322008-07-01 10:37:29 +00001164 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00001165
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001166 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001167 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_typedef) << Name);
Ted Kremeneka526c5c2008-01-07 19:49:32 +00001168 if (isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001169 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_interface) << Name);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis2d1c5d32008-04-27 13:50:30 +00001170 if (isa<NamespaceDecl>(D))
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001171 return ExprError(Diag(Loc, diag::err_unexpected_namespace) << Name);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001172
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001173 // Make the DeclRefExpr or BlockDeclRefExpr for the decl.
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00001174 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001175 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Ovl, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1176 false, false, SS);
Douglas Gregorc15cb382009-02-09 23:23:08 +00001177 else if (TemplateDecl *Template = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001178 return BuildDeclRefExpr(Template, Context.OverloadTy, Loc,
1179 false, false, SS);
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001180 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001181
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001182 // Check whether this declaration can be used. Note that we suppress
1183 // this check when we're going to perform argument-dependent lookup
1184 // on this function name, because this might not be the function
1185 // that overload resolution actually selects.
Douglas Gregor751f9a42009-06-30 15:47:41 +00001186 bool ADL = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (!SS || !SS->isSet()) &&
1187 HasTrailingLParen;
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001188 if (!(ADL && isa<FunctionDecl>(VD)) && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(VD, Loc))
1189 return ExprError();
1190
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001191 // Only create DeclRefExpr's for valid Decl's.
1192 if (VD->isInvalidDecl())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001193 return ExprError();
1194
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001195 // If the identifier reference is inside a block, and it refers to a value
1196 // that is outside the block, create a BlockDeclRefExpr instead of a
1197 // DeclRefExpr. This ensures the value is treated as a copy-in snapshot when
1198 // the block is formed.
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00001199 //
Chris Lattner639e2d32008-10-20 05:16:36 +00001200 // We do not do this for things like enum constants, global variables, etc,
1201 // as they do not get snapshotted.
1202 //
1203 if (CurBlock && ShouldSnapshotBlockValueReference(CurBlock, VD)) {
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001204 MarkDeclarationReferenced(Loc, VD);
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001205 QualType ExprTy = VD->getType().getNonReferenceType();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001206 // The BlocksAttr indicates the variable is bound by-reference.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00001207 if (VD->getAttr<BlocksAttr>())
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001208 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, true));
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001209 // This is to record that a 'const' was actually synthesize and added.
1210 bool constAdded = !ExprTy.isConstQualified();
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001211 // Variable will be bound by-copy, make it const within the closure.
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001212
Eli Friedman5fdeae12009-03-22 23:00:19 +00001213 ExprTy.addConst();
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00001214 return Owned(new (Context) BlockDeclRefExpr(VD, ExprTy, Loc, false,
1215 constAdded));
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00001216 }
1217 // If this reference is not in a block or if the referenced variable is
1218 // within the block, create a normal DeclRefExpr.
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001219
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001220 bool TypeDependent = false;
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001221 bool ValueDependent = false;
1222 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
1223 // C++ [temp.dep.expr]p3:
1224 // An id-expression is type-dependent if it contains:
1225 // - an identifier that was declared with a dependent type,
1226 if (VD->getType()->isDependentType())
1227 TypeDependent = true;
1228 // - FIXME: a template-id that is dependent,
1229 // - a conversion-function-id that specifies a dependent type,
1230 else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName &&
1231 Name.getCXXNameType()->isDependentType())
1232 TypeDependent = true;
1233 // - a nested-name-specifier that contains a class-name that
1234 // names a dependent type.
1235 else if (SS && !SS->isEmpty()) {
Douglas Gregore4e5b052009-03-19 00:18:19 +00001236 for (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS);
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001237 DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
1238 // FIXME: could stop early at namespace scope.
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00001239 if (DC->isRecord()) {
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001240 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
1241 if (Context.getTypeDeclType(Record)->isDependentType()) {
1242 TypeDependent = true;
1243 break;
1244 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001245 }
1246 }
1247 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001248
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001249 // C++ [temp.dep.constexpr]p2:
1250 //
1251 // An identifier is value-dependent if it is:
1252 // - a name declared with a dependent type,
1253 if (TypeDependent)
1254 ValueDependent = true;
1255 // - the name of a non-type template parameter,
1256 else if (isa<NonTypeTemplateParmDecl>(VD))
1257 ValueDependent = true;
1258 // - a constant with integral or enumeration type and is
1259 // initialized with an expression that is value-dependent
Eli Friedmanc1494122009-06-11 01:11:20 +00001260 else if (const VarDecl *Dcl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(VD)) {
1261 if (Dcl->getType().getCVRQualifiers() == QualType::Const &&
1262 Dcl->getInit()) {
1263 ValueDependent = Dcl->getInit()->isValueDependent();
1264 }
1265 }
Douglas Gregor83f96f62008-12-10 20:57:37 +00001266 }
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00001267
Anders Carlssone41590d2009-06-24 00:10:43 +00001268 return BuildDeclRefExpr(VD, VD->getType().getNonReferenceType(), Loc,
1269 TypeDependent, ValueDependent, SS);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001270}
1271
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001272Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnPredefinedExpr(SourceLocation Loc,
1273 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001274 PredefinedExpr::IdentType IT;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001275
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001276 switch (Kind) {
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001277 default: assert(0 && "Unknown simple primary expr!");
Chris Lattnerd9f69102008-08-10 01:53:14 +00001278 case tok::kw___func__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Func; break; // [C99 6.4.2.2]
1279 case tok::kw___FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::Function; break;
1280 case tok::kw___PRETTY_FUNCTION__: IT = PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001281 }
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001282
Chris Lattnerfa28b302008-01-12 08:14:25 +00001283 // Pre-defined identifiers are of type char[x], where x is the length of the
1284 // string.
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001285 unsigned Length;
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00001286 if (FunctionDecl *FD = getCurFunctionDecl())
1287 Length = FD->getIdentifier()->getLength();
Chris Lattnerb0da9232008-12-12 05:05:20 +00001288 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
1289 Length = MD->getSynthesizedMethodSize();
1290 else {
1291 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_predef_outside_function);
1292 // __PRETTY_FUNCTION__ -> "top level", the others produce an empty string.
1293 Length = IT == PredefinedExpr::PrettyFunction ? strlen("top level") : 0;
1294 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001295
1296
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001297 llvm::APInt LengthI(32, Length + 1);
Chris Lattner1423ea42008-01-12 18:39:25 +00001298 QualType ResTy = Context.CharTy.getQualifiedType(QualType::Const);
Chris Lattner8f978d52008-01-12 19:32:28 +00001299 ResTy = Context.getConstantArrayType(ResTy, LengthI, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001300 return Owned(new (Context) PredefinedExpr(Loc, ResTy, IT));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001301}
1302
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001303Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnCharacterConstant(const Token &Tok) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001304 llvm::SmallString<16> CharBuffer;
1305 CharBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength());
1306 const char *ThisTokBegin = &CharBuffer[0];
1307 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001308
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001309 CharLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1310 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1311 if (Literal.hadError())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001312 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnerfc62bfd2008-03-01 08:32:21 +00001313
1314 QualType type = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.CharTy : Context.IntTy;
1315
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001316 return Owned(new (Context) CharacterLiteral(Literal.getValue(),
1317 Literal.isWide(),
1318 type, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001319}
1320
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001321Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnNumericConstant(const Token &Tok) {
1322 // Fast path for a single digit (which is quite common). A single digit
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001323 // cannot have a trigraph, escaped newline, radix prefix, or type suffix.
1324 if (Tok.getLength() == 1) {
Chris Lattner7216dc92009-01-26 22:36:52 +00001325 const char Val = PP.getSpellingOfSingleCharacterNumericConstant(Tok);
Chris Lattner0c21e842009-01-16 07:10:29 +00001326 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001327 return Owned(new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(IntSize, Val-'0'),
Steve Naroff0a473932009-01-20 19:53:53 +00001328 Context.IntTy, Tok.getLocation()));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001329 }
Ted Kremenek28396602009-01-13 23:19:12 +00001330
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001331 llvm::SmallString<512> IntegerBuffer;
Chris Lattner2a299042008-09-30 20:53:45 +00001332 // Add padding so that NumericLiteralParser can overread by one character.
1333 IntegerBuffer.resize(Tok.getLength()+1);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001334 const char *ThisTokBegin = &IntegerBuffer[0];
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001335
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001336 // Get the spelling of the token, which eliminates trigraphs, etc.
1337 unsigned ActualLength = PP.getSpelling(Tok, ThisTokBegin);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001338
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001339 NumericLiteralParser Literal(ThisTokBegin, ThisTokBegin+ActualLength,
1340 Tok.getLocation(), PP);
1341 if (Literal.hadError)
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001342 return ExprError();
1343
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001344 Expr *Res;
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001345
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001346 if (Literal.isFloatingLiteral()) {
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001347 QualType Ty;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001348 if (Literal.isFloat)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001349 Ty = Context.FloatTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001350 else if (!Literal.isLong)
Chris Lattner525a0502007-09-22 18:29:59 +00001351 Ty = Context.DoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001352 else
Chris Lattner9e9b6dc2008-03-08 08:52:55 +00001353 Ty = Context.LongDoubleTy;
Chris Lattnerb7cfe882008-06-30 18:32:54 +00001354
1355 const llvm::fltSemantics &Format = Context.getFloatTypeSemantics(Ty);
1356
Ted Kremenek720c4ec2007-11-29 00:56:49 +00001357 // isExact will be set by GetFloatValue().
1358 bool isExact = false;
Chris Lattner001d64d2009-06-29 17:34:55 +00001359 llvm::APFloat Val = Literal.GetFloatValue(Format, &isExact);
1360 Res = new (Context) FloatingLiteral(Val, isExact, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001361
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001362 } else if (!Literal.isIntegerLiteral()) {
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001363 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001364 } else {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001365 QualType Ty;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001366
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001367 // long long is a C99 feature.
1368 if (!getLangOptions().C99 && !getLangOptions().CPlusPlus0x &&
Neil Booth79859c32007-08-29 22:13:52 +00001369 Literal.isLongLong)
Neil Boothb9449512007-08-29 22:00:19 +00001370 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::ext_longlong);
1371
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001372 // Get the value in the widest-possible width.
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001373 llvm::APInt ResultVal(Context.Target.getIntMaxTWidth(), 0);
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001374
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001375 if (Literal.GetIntegerValue(ResultVal)) {
1376 // If this value didn't fit into uintmax_t, warn and force to ull.
1377 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001378 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
1379 assert(Context.getTypeSize(Ty) == ResultVal.getBitWidth() &&
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00001380 "long long is not intmax_t?");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001381 } else {
1382 // If this value fits into a ULL, try to figure out what else it fits into
1383 // according to the rules of C99 6.4.4.1p5.
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001384
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001385 // Octal, Hexadecimal, and integers with a U suffix are allowed to
1386 // be an unsigned int.
1387 bool AllowUnsigned = Literal.isUnsigned || Literal.getRadix() != 10;
1388
1389 // Check from smallest to largest, picking the smallest type we can.
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001390 unsigned Width = 0;
Chris Lattner97c51562007-08-23 21:58:08 +00001391 if (!Literal.isLong && !Literal.isLongLong) {
1392 // Are int/unsigned possibilities?
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001393 unsigned IntSize = Context.Target.getIntWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001394
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001395 // Does it fit in a unsigned int?
1396 if (ResultVal.isIntN(IntSize)) {
1397 // Does it fit in a signed int?
1398 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[IntSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001399 Ty = Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001400 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001401 Ty = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001402 Width = IntSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001403 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001404 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001405
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001406 // Are long/unsigned long possibilities?
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001407 if (Ty.isNull() && !Literal.isLongLong) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001408 unsigned LongSize = Context.Target.getLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001409
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001410 // Does it fit in a unsigned long?
1411 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongSize)) {
1412 // Does it fit in a signed long?
1413 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001414 Ty = Context.LongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001415 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001416 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001417 Width = LongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001418 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001419 }
1420
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001421 // Finally, check long long if needed.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001422 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001423 unsigned LongLongSize = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001424
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001425 // Does it fit in a unsigned long long?
1426 if (ResultVal.isIntN(LongLongSize)) {
1427 // Does it fit in a signed long long?
1428 if (!Literal.isUnsigned && ResultVal[LongLongSize-1] == 0)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001429 Ty = Context.LongLongTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001430 else if (AllowUnsigned)
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001431 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001432 Width = LongLongSize;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001433 }
1434 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001435
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001436 // If we still couldn't decide a type, we probably have something that
1437 // does not fit in a signed long long, but has no U suffix.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001438 if (Ty.isNull()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001439 Diag(Tok.getLocation(), diag::warn_integer_too_large_for_signed);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001440 Ty = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001441 Width = Context.Target.getLongLongWidth();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001442 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001443
Chris Lattner8cbcb0e2008-05-09 05:59:00 +00001444 if (ResultVal.getBitWidth() != Width)
1445 ResultVal.trunc(Width);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001446 }
Sebastian Redle91b3bc2009-01-20 22:23:13 +00001447 Res = new (Context) IntegerLiteral(ResultVal, Ty, Tok.getLocation());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001448 }
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001449
Chris Lattner5d661452007-08-26 03:42:43 +00001450 // If this is an imaginary literal, create the ImaginaryLiteral wrapper.
1451 if (Literal.isImaginary)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001452 Res = new (Context) ImaginaryLiteral(Res,
1453 Context.getComplexType(Res->getType()));
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001454
1455 return Owned(Res);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001456}
1457
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00001458Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenExpr(SourceLocation L,
1459 SourceLocation R, ExprArg Val) {
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00001460 Expr *E = Val.takeAs<Expr>();
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00001461 assert((E != 0) && "ActOnParenExpr() missing expr");
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001462 return Owned(new (Context) ParenExpr(L, R, E));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001463}
1464
1465/// The UsualUnaryConversions() function is *not* called by this routine.
1466/// See C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4] for more details.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001467bool Sema::CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(QualType exprType,
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001468 SourceLocation OpLoc,
1469 const SourceRange &ExprRange,
1470 bool isSizeof) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001471 if (exprType->isDependentType())
1472 return false;
1473
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001474 // C99 6.5.3.4p1:
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001475 if (isa<FunctionType>(exprType)) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001476 // alignof(function) is allowed as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001477 if (isSizeof)
1478 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_function_type) << ExprRange;
1479 return false;
1480 }
1481
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001482 // Allow sizeof(void)/alignof(void) as an extension.
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001483 if (exprType->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001484 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_sizeof_void_type)
1485 << (isSizeof ? "sizeof" : "__alignof") << ExprRange;
Chris Lattner01072922009-01-24 19:46:37 +00001486 return false;
1487 }
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001488
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001489 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, exprType,
1490 isSizeof ? diag::err_sizeof_incomplete_type :
1491 diag::err_alignof_incomplete_type,
1492 ExprRange))
1493 return true;
1494
1495 // Reject sizeof(interface) and sizeof(interface<proto>) in 64-bit mode.
Fariborz Jahanianced1e282009-04-24 17:34:33 +00001496 if (LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI && exprType->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001497 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_nonfragile_interface)
Chris Lattner5cb10d32009-04-24 22:30:50 +00001498 << exprType << isSizeof << ExprRange;
1499 return true;
Chris Lattnerca790922009-04-21 19:55:16 +00001500 }
1501
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001502 return false;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001503}
1504
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001505bool Sema::CheckAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1506 const SourceRange &ExprRange) {
1507 E = E->IgnoreParens();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001508
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001509 // alignof decl is always ok.
1510 if (isa<DeclRefExpr>(E))
1511 return false;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001512
1513 // Cannot know anything else if the expression is dependent.
1514 if (E->isTypeDependent())
1515 return false;
1516
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001517 if (E->getBitField()) {
1518 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 1 << ExprRange;
1519 return true;
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001520 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001521
1522 // Alignment of a field access is always okay, so long as it isn't a
1523 // bit-field.
1524 if (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(E))
Mike Stump8e1fab22009-07-22 18:58:19 +00001525 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001526 return false;
1527
Chris Lattner31e21e02009-01-24 20:17:12 +00001528 return CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, ExprRange, false);
1529}
1530
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001531/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given a type operand.
1532Action::OwningExprResult
1533Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(QualType T, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1534 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1535 if (T.isNull())
1536 return ExprError();
1537
1538 if (!T->isDependentType() &&
1539 CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(T, OpLoc, R, isSizeOf))
1540 return ExprError();
1541
1542 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1543 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, T,
1544 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1545 R.getEnd()));
1546}
1547
1548/// \brief Build a sizeof or alignof expression given an expression
1549/// operand.
1550Action::OwningExprResult
1551Sema::CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(Expr *E, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1552 bool isSizeOf, SourceRange R) {
1553 // Verify that the operand is valid.
1554 bool isInvalid = false;
1555 if (E->isTypeDependent()) {
1556 // Delay type-checking for type-dependent expressions.
1557 } else if (!isSizeOf) {
1558 isInvalid = CheckAlignOfExpr(E, OpLoc, R);
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00001559 } else if (E->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.4p1.
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001560 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_sizeof_alignof_bitfield) << 0;
1561 isInvalid = true;
1562 } else {
1563 isInvalid = CheckSizeOfAlignOfOperand(E->getType(), OpLoc, R, true);
1564 }
1565
1566 if (isInvalid)
1567 return ExprError();
1568
1569 // C99 6.5.3.4p4: the type (an unsigned integer type) is size_t.
1570 return Owned(new (Context) SizeOfAlignOfExpr(isSizeOf, E,
1571 Context.getSizeType(), OpLoc,
1572 R.getEnd()));
1573}
1574
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001575/// ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr - Handle @c sizeof(type) and @c sizeof @c expr and
1576/// the same for @c alignof and @c __alignof
1577/// Note that the ArgRange is invalid if isType is false.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001578Action::OwningExprResult
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001579Sema::ActOnSizeOfAlignOfExpr(SourceLocation OpLoc, bool isSizeof, bool isType,
1580 void *TyOrEx, const SourceRange &ArgRange) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001581 // If error parsing type, ignore.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001582 if (TyOrEx == 0) return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001583
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001584 if (isType) {
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001585 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(TyOrEx);
1586 return CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgTy, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgRange);
1587 }
Sebastian Redl05189992008-11-11 17:56:53 +00001588
Douglas Gregorba498172009-03-13 21:01:28 +00001589 // Get the end location.
1590 Expr *ArgEx = (Expr *)TyOrEx;
1591 Action::OwningExprResult Result
1592 = CreateSizeOfAlignOfExpr(ArgEx, OpLoc, isSizeof, ArgEx->getSourceRange());
1593
1594 if (Result.isInvalid())
1595 DeleteExpr(ArgEx);
1596
1597 return move(Result);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001598}
1599
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001600QualType Sema::CheckRealImagOperand(Expr *&V, SourceLocation Loc, bool isReal) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001601 if (V->isTypeDependent())
1602 return Context.DependentTy;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001603
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001604 // These operators return the element type of a complex type.
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001605 if (const ComplexType *CT = V->getType()->getAsComplexType())
1606 return CT->getElementType();
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001607
1608 // Otherwise they pass through real integer and floating point types here.
1609 if (V->getType()->isArithmeticType())
1610 return V->getType();
1611
1612 // Reject anything else.
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00001613 Diag(Loc, diag::err_realimag_invalid_type) << V->getType()
1614 << (isReal ? "__real" : "__imag");
Chris Lattnercc26ed72007-08-26 05:39:26 +00001615 return QualType();
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00001616}
1617
1618
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001619
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001620Action::OwningExprResult
1621Sema::ActOnPostfixUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
1622 tok::TokenKind Kind, ExprArg Input) {
1623 Expr *Arg = (Expr *)Input.get();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001624
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001625 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
1626 switch (Kind) {
1627 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
1628 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostInc; break;
1629 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PostDec; break;
1630 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001631
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001632 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
1633 (Arg->getType()->isRecordType() || Arg->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
1634 // Which overloaded operator?
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001635 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp =
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001636 (Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc)? OO_PlusPlus : OO_MinusMinus;
1637
1638 // C++ [over.inc]p1:
1639 //
1640 // [...] If the function is a member function with one
1641 // parameter (which shall be of type int) or a non-member
1642 // function with two parameters (the second of which shall be
1643 // of type int), it defines the postfix increment operator ++
1644 // for objects of that type. When the postfix increment is
1645 // called as a result of using the ++ operator, the int
1646 // argument will have value zero.
1647 Expr *Args[2] = {
1648 Arg,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001649 new (Context) IntegerLiteral(llvm::APInt(Context.Target.getIntWidth(), 0,
1650 /*isSigned=*/true), Context.IntTy, SourceLocation())
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001651 };
1652
1653 // Build the candidate set for overloading
1654 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001655 AddOperatorCandidates(OverOp, S, OpLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001656
1657 // Perform overload resolution.
1658 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001659 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, OpLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001660 case OR_Success: {
1661 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1662 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1663
1664 if (FnDecl) {
1665 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1666 // operator.
1667
1668 // Convert the arguments.
1669 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1670 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(Arg, Method))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001671 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001672 } else {
1673 // Convert the arguments.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001674 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg,
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001675 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1676 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001677 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001678 }
1679
1680 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001681 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001682 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1683 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001684
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001685 // Build the actual expression node.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001686 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
Mike Stump488e25b2009-02-19 02:54:59 +00001687 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001688 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1689
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001690 Input.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001691 Args[0] = Arg;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001692 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OverOp, FnExpr,
1693 Args, 2, ResultTy,
1694 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001695 } else {
1696 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1697 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1698 // operator node.
1699 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1700 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001701 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001702
1703 break;
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001704 }
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001705 }
1706
1707 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1708 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1709 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1710 break;
1711
1712 case OR_Ambiguous:
1713 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1714 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1715 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1716 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001717 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001718
1719 case OR_Deleted:
1720 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1721 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1722 << UnaryOperator::getOpcodeStr(Opc)
1723 << Arg->getSourceRange();
1724 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1725 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00001726 }
1727
1728 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1729 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1730 // build a built-in operation.
1731 }
1732
Eli Friedman6016cb22009-07-22 23:24:42 +00001733 Input.release();
1734 Input = Arg;
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00001735 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(Input));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001736}
1737
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001738Action::OwningExprResult
1739Sema::ActOnArraySubscriptExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation LLoc,
1740 ExprArg Idx, SourceLocation RLoc) {
1741 Expr *LHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Base.get()),
1742 *RHSExp = static_cast<Expr*>(Idx.get());
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001743
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001744 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Douglas Gregor3384c9c2009-05-19 00:01:19 +00001745 (LHSExp->isTypeDependent() || RHSExp->isTypeDependent())) {
1746 Base.release();
1747 Idx.release();
1748 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
1749 Context.DependentTy, RLoc));
1750 }
1751
1752 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001753 (LHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
Eli Friedman03f332a2008-12-15 22:34:21 +00001754 LHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType() ||
1755 RHSExp->getType()->isRecordType() ||
1756 RHSExp->getType()->isEnumeralType())) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001757 // Add the appropriate overloaded operators (C++ [over.match.oper])
1758 // to the candidate set.
1759 OverloadCandidateSet CandidateSet;
1760 Expr *Args[2] = { LHSExp, RHSExp };
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001761 AddOperatorCandidates(OO_Subscript, S, LLoc, Args, 2, CandidateSet,
1762 SourceRange(LLoc, RLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001763
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001764 // Perform overload resolution.
1765 OverloadCandidateSet::iterator Best;
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00001766 switch (BestViableFunction(CandidateSet, LLoc, Best)) {
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001767 case OR_Success: {
1768 // We found a built-in operator or an overloaded operator.
1769 FunctionDecl *FnDecl = Best->Function;
1770
1771 if (FnDecl) {
1772 // We matched an overloaded operator. Build a call to that
1773 // operator.
1774
1775 // Convert the arguments.
1776 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FnDecl)) {
1777 if (PerformObjectArgumentInitialization(LHSExp, Method) ||
1778 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1779 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1780 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001781 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001782 } else {
1783 // Convert the arguments.
1784 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp,
1785 FnDecl->getParamDecl(0)->getType(),
1786 "passing") ||
1787 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp,
1788 FnDecl->getParamDecl(1)->getType(),
1789 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001790 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001791 }
1792
1793 // Determine the result type
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001794 QualType ResultTy
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001795 = FnDecl->getType()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
1796 ResultTy = ResultTy.getNonReferenceType();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001797
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001798 // Build the actual expression node.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001799 Expr *FnExpr = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FnDecl, FnDecl->getType(),
1800 SourceLocation());
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001801 UsualUnaryConversions(FnExpr);
1802
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001803 Base.release();
1804 Idx.release();
Douglas Gregor7ff69262009-05-27 05:00:47 +00001805 Args[0] = LHSExp;
1806 Args[1] = RHSExp;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00001807 return Owned(new (Context) CXXOperatorCallExpr(Context, OO_Subscript,
1808 FnExpr, Args, 2,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001809 ResultTy, LLoc));
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001810 } else {
1811 // We matched a built-in operator. Convert the arguments, then
1812 // break out so that we will build the appropriate built-in
1813 // operator node.
1814 if (PerformCopyInitialization(LHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[0],
1815 "passing") ||
1816 PerformCopyInitialization(RHSExp, Best->BuiltinTypes.ParamTypes[1],
1817 "passing"))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001818 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001819
1820 break;
1821 }
1822 }
1823
1824 case OR_No_Viable_Function:
1825 // No viable function; fall through to handling this as a
1826 // built-in operator, which will produce an error message for us.
1827 break;
1828
1829 case OR_Ambiguous:
1830 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_ambiguous_oper)
1831 << "[]"
1832 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1833 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001834 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00001835
1836 case OR_Deleted:
1837 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_ovl_deleted_oper)
1838 << Best->Function->isDeleted()
1839 << "[]"
1840 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1841 PrintOverloadCandidates(CandidateSet, /*OnlyViable=*/true);
1842 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor337c6b92008-11-19 17:17:41 +00001843 }
1844
1845 // Either we found no viable overloaded operator or we matched a
1846 // built-in operator. In either case, fall through to trying to
1847 // build a built-in operation.
1848 }
1849
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001850 // Perform default conversions.
1851 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(LHSExp);
1852 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHSExp);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001853
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001854 QualType LHSTy = LHSExp->getType(), RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001855
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001856 // C99 6.5.2.1p2: the expression e1[e2] is by definition precisely equivalent
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00001857 // to the expression *((e1)+(e2)). This means the array "Base" may actually be
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001858 // in the subscript position. As a result, we need to derive the array base
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001859 // and index from the expression types.
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001860 Expr *BaseExpr, *IndexExpr;
1861 QualType ResultType;
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00001862 if (LHSTy->isDependentType() || RHSTy->isDependentType()) {
1863 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1864 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1865 ResultType = Context.DependentTy;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001866 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001867 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1868 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001869 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001870 } else if (const PointerType *PTy = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Chris Lattner7a2e0472007-07-16 00:23:25 +00001871 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001872 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1873 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001874 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00001875 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1876 LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1877 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1878 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
1879 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
1880 } else if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *PTy =
1881 RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()) {
1882 // Handle the uncommon case of "123[Ptr]".
1883 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1884 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
1885 ResultType = PTy->getPointeeType();
Chris Lattnerc8629632007-07-31 19:29:30 +00001886 } else if (const VectorType *VTy = LHSTy->getAsVectorType()) {
1887 BaseExpr = LHSExp; // vectors: V[123]
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001888 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Nate Begeman334a8022009-01-18 00:45:31 +00001889
Chris Lattner12d9ff62007-07-16 00:14:47 +00001890 // FIXME: need to deal with const...
1891 ResultType = VTy->getElementType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001892 } else if (LHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1893 // If we see an array that wasn't promoted by
1894 // DefaultFunctionArrayConversion, it must be an array that
1895 // wasn't promoted because of the C90 rule that doesn't
1896 // allow promoting non-lvalue arrays. Warn, then
1897 // force the promotion here.
1898 Diag(LHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1899 LHSExp->getSourceRange();
1900 ImpCastExprToType(LHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(LHSTy));
1901 LHSTy = LHSExp->getType();
1902
1903 BaseExpr = LHSExp;
1904 IndexExpr = RHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001905 ResultType = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Eli Friedman7c32f8e2009-04-25 23:46:54 +00001906 } else if (RHSTy->isArrayType()) {
1907 // Same as previous, except for 123[f().a] case
1908 Diag(RHSExp->getLocStart(), diag::ext_subscript_non_lvalue) <<
1909 RHSExp->getSourceRange();
1910 ImpCastExprToType(RHSExp, Context.getArrayDecayedType(RHSTy));
1911 RHSTy = RHSExp->getType();
1912
1913 BaseExpr = RHSExp;
1914 IndexExpr = LHSExp;
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00001915 ResultType = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001916 } else {
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001917 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_value)
1918 << LHSExp->getSourceRange() << RHSExp->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001919 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001920 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
Nate Begeman25b4fdb2009-08-09 17:55:44 +00001921 if (!(IndexExpr->getType()->isIntegerType() &&
1922 IndexExpr->getType()->isScalarType()) && !IndexExpr->isTypeDependent())
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00001923 return ExprError(Diag(LLoc, diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
1924 << IndexExpr->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001925
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001926 // C99 6.5.2.1p1: "shall have type "pointer to *object* type". Similarly,
1927 // C++ [expr.sub]p1: The type "T" shall be a completely-defined object
1928 // type. Note that Functions are not objects, and that (in C99 parlance)
1929 // incomplete types are not object types.
1930 if (ResultType->isFunctionType()) {
1931 Diag(BaseExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_subscript_function_type)
1932 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1933 return ExprError();
1934 }
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001935
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001936 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() &&
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001937 RequireCompleteType(LLoc, ResultType, diag::err_subscript_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00001938 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
1939 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner1efaa952009-04-24 00:30:45 +00001940
1941 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
1942 if (ResultType->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
1943 Diag(LLoc, diag::err_subscript_nonfragile_interface)
1944 << ResultType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
1945 return ExprError();
1946 }
1947
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00001948 Base.release();
1949 Idx.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001950 return Owned(new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(LHSExp, RHSExp,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00001951 ResultType, RLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00001952}
1953
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001954QualType Sema::
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001955CheckExtVectorComponent(QualType baseType, SourceLocation OpLoc,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001956 IdentifierInfo &CompName, SourceLocation CompLoc) {
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00001957 const ExtVectorType *vecType = baseType->getAsExtVectorType();
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001958
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001959 // The vector accessor can't exceed the number of elements.
1960 const char *compStr = CompName.getName();
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001961
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001962 // This flag determines whether or not the component is one of the four
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001963 // special names that indicate a subset of exactly half the elements are
1964 // to be selected.
1965 bool HalvingSwizzle = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001966
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001967 // This flag determines whether or not CompName has an 's' char prefix,
1968 // indicating that it is a string of hex values to be used as vector indices.
Nate Begeman131f4652009-06-25 21:06:09 +00001969 bool HexSwizzle = *compStr == 's' || *compStr == 'S';
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001970
1971 // Check that we've found one of the special components, or that the component
1972 // names must come from the same set.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001973 if (!strcmp(compStr, "hi") || !strcmp(compStr, "lo") ||
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001974 !strcmp(compStr, "even") || !strcmp(compStr, "odd")) {
1975 HalvingSwizzle = true;
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00001976 } else if (vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001977 do
1978 compStr++;
1979 while (*compStr && vecType->getPointAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001980 } else if (HexSwizzle || vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1) {
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001981 do
1982 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001983 while (*compStr && vecType->getNumericAccessorIdx(*compStr) != -1);
Chris Lattner88dca042007-08-02 22:33:49 +00001984 }
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001985
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001986 if (!HalvingSwizzle && *compStr) {
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001987 // We didn't get to the end of the string. This means the component names
1988 // didn't come from the same set *or* we encountered an illegal name.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00001989 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_name_illegal)
1990 << std::string(compStr,compStr+1) << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00001991 return QualType();
1992 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00001993
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00001994 // Ensure no component accessor exceeds the width of the vector type it
1995 // operates on.
1996 if (!HalvingSwizzle) {
1997 compStr = CompName.getName();
1998
1999 if (HexSwizzle)
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002000 compStr++;
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002001
2002 while (*compStr) {
2003 if (!vecType->isAccessorWithinNumElements(*compStr++)) {
2004 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_exceeds_length)
2005 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
2006 return QualType();
2007 }
2008 }
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002009 }
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002010
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002011 // If this is a halving swizzle, verify that the base type has an even
2012 // number of elements.
2013 if (HalvingSwizzle && (vecType->getNumElements() & 1U)) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00002014 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_ext_vector_component_requires_even)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00002015 << baseType << SourceRange(CompLoc);
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002016 return QualType();
2017 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002018
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002019 // The component accessor looks fine - now we need to compute the actual type.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002020 // The vector type is implied by the component accessor. For example,
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002021 // vec4.b is a float, vec4.xy is a vec2, vec4.rgb is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002022 // vec4.s0 is a float, vec4.s23 is a vec3, etc.
Nate Begeman8a997642008-05-09 06:41:27 +00002023 // vec4.hi, vec4.lo, vec4.e, and vec4.o all return vec2.
Nate Begeman353417a2009-01-18 01:47:54 +00002024 unsigned CompSize = HalvingSwizzle ? vecType->getNumElements() / 2
2025 : CompName.getLength();
2026 if (HexSwizzle)
2027 CompSize--;
2028
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002029 if (CompSize == 1)
2030 return vecType->getElementType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002031
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002032 QualType VT = Context.getExtVectorType(vecType->getElementType(), CompSize);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002033 // Now look up the TypeDefDecl from the vector type. Without this,
Nate Begeman213541a2008-04-18 23:10:10 +00002034 // diagostics look bad. We want extended vector types to appear built-in.
2035 for (unsigned i = 0, E = ExtVectorDecls.size(); i != E; ++i) {
2036 if (ExtVectorDecls[i]->getUnderlyingType() == VT)
2037 return Context.getTypedefType(ExtVectorDecls[i]);
Steve Naroffbea0b342007-07-29 16:33:31 +00002038 }
2039 return VT; // should never get here (a typedef type should always be found).
Steve Naroffe1b31fe2007-07-27 22:15:19 +00002040}
2041
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002042static Decl *FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(const ObjCProtocolDecl*PDecl,
2043 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002044 const Selector &Sel,
2045 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002046
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002047 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = PDecl->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002048 return PD;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002049 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = PDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002050 return OMD;
2051
2052 for (ObjCProtocolDecl::protocol_iterator I = PDecl->protocol_begin(),
2053 E = PDecl->protocol_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002054 if (Decl *D = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel,
2055 Context))
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002056 return D;
2057 }
2058 return 0;
2059}
2060
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002061static Decl *FindGetterNameDecl(const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy,
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002062 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002063 const Selector &Sel,
2064 ASTContext &Context) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002065 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2066 Decl *GDecl = 0;
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002067 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002068 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002069 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002070 GDecl = PD;
2071 break;
2072 }
2073 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002074 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = (*I)->getInstanceMethod(Sel)) {
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002075 GDecl = OMD;
2076 break;
2077 }
2078 }
2079 if (!GDecl) {
Steve Naroffd1b3c2d2009-06-17 22:40:22 +00002080 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = QIdTy->qual_begin(),
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002081 E = QIdTy->qual_end(); I != E; ++I) {
2082 // Search in the protocol-qualifier list of current protocol.
Douglas Gregor6ab35242009-04-09 21:40:53 +00002083 GDecl = FindGetterNameDeclFromProtocolList(*I, Member, Sel, Context);
Fariborz Jahanian2ce1be02009-03-19 18:15:34 +00002084 if (GDecl)
2085 return GDecl;
2086 }
2087 }
2088 return GDecl;
2089}
Chris Lattner76a642f2009-02-15 22:43:40 +00002090
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002091/// FindMethodInNestedImplementations - Look up a method in current and
2092/// all base class implementations.
2093///
2094ObjCMethodDecl *Sema::FindMethodInNestedImplementations(
2095 const ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace,
2096 const Selector &Sel) {
2097 ObjCMethodDecl *Method = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis87018772009-07-21 00:06:04 +00002098 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *ImpDecl = IFace->getImplementation())
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002099 Method = ImpDecl->getInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002100
2101 if (!Method && IFace->getSuperClass())
2102 return FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace->getSuperClass(), Sel);
2103 return Method;
2104}
2105
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002106Action::OwningExprResult
2107Sema::ActOnMemberReferenceExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg Base, SourceLocation OpLoc,
2108 tok::TokenKind OpKind, SourceLocation MemberLoc,
Fariborz Jahaniana6e3ac52009-03-04 22:30:12 +00002109 IdentifierInfo &Member,
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002110 DeclPtrTy ObjCImpDecl, const CXXScopeSpec *SS) {
2111 // FIXME: handle the CXXScopeSpec for proper lookup of qualified-ids
2112 if (SS && SS->isInvalid())
2113 return ExprError();
2114
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002115 Expr *BaseExpr = Base.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002116 assert(BaseExpr && "no record expression");
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002117
Nate Begeman25b4fdb2009-08-09 17:55:44 +00002118 // If BaseExpr is a ParenListExpr then convert it into a standard
2119 // paren expr since this is not an altivec initializer.
2120 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(BaseExpr))
2121 BaseExpr = ConvertParenListExpr(S, PE).takeAs<Expr>();
2122
Steve Naroff3cc4af82007-12-16 21:42:28 +00002123 // Perform default conversions.
2124 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(BaseExpr);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002125
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002126 QualType BaseType = BaseExpr->getType();
2127 assert(!BaseType.isNull() && "no type for member expression");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002128
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002129 // Get the type being accessed in BaseType. If this is an arrow, the BaseExpr
2130 // must have pointer type, and the accessed type is the pointee.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002131 if (OpKind == tok::arrow) {
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002132 if (BaseType->isDependentType())
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002133 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2134 BaseExpr, true,
2135 OpLoc,
2136 DeclarationName(&Member),
2137 MemberLoc));
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002138 else if (const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002139 BaseType = PT->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002140 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2141 ;
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002142 else
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002143 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2144 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_arrow)
2145 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Anders Carlssonffce2df2009-05-15 23:10:19 +00002146 } else {
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002147 if (BaseType->isDependentType()) {
2148 // Require that the base type isn't a pointer type
2149 // (so we'll report an error for)
2150 // T* t;
2151 // t.f;
2152 //
2153 // In Obj-C++, however, the above expression is valid, since it could be
2154 // accessing the 'f' property if T is an Obj-C interface. The extra check
2155 // allows this, while still reporting an error if T is a struct pointer.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002156 const PointerType *PT = BaseType->getAs<PointerType>();
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002157
2158 if (!PT || (getLangOptions().ObjC1 &&
2159 !PT->getPointeeType()->isRecordType()))
Douglas Gregor1c0ca592009-05-22 21:13:27 +00002160 return Owned(new (Context) CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr(Context,
2161 BaseExpr, false,
2162 OpLoc,
2163 DeclarationName(&Member),
2164 MemberLoc));
Anders Carlsson4ef27702009-05-16 20:31:20 +00002165 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002166 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002167
Chris Lattner68a057b2008-07-21 04:36:39 +00002168 // Handle field access to simple records. This also handles access to fields
2169 // of the ObjC 'id' struct.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002170 if (const RecordType *RTy = BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()) {
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002171 RecordDecl *RDecl = RTy->getDecl();
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00002172 if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, BaseType,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002173 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_tag,
2174 BaseExpr->getSourceRange()))
2175 return ExprError();
2176
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002177 DeclContext *DC = RDecl;
2178 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
2179 // If the member name was a qualified-id, look into the
2180 // nested-name-specifier.
2181 DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
2182
2183 // FIXME: If DC is not computable, we should build a
2184 // CXXUnresolvedMemberExpr.
2185 assert(DC && "Cannot handle non-computable dependent contexts in lookup");
2186 }
2187
Steve Naroffdfa6aae2007-07-26 03:11:44 +00002188 // The record definition is complete, now make sure the member is valid.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002189 LookupResult Result
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002190 = LookupQualifiedName(DC, DeclarationName(&Member),
Douglas Gregor4c921ae2009-01-30 01:04:22 +00002191 LookupMemberName, false);
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002192
Douglas Gregordcee1a12009-08-06 05:28:30 +00002193 if (SS && SS->isSet()) {
Douglas Gregorfe85ced2009-08-06 03:17:00 +00002194 QualType BaseTypeCanon
2195 = Context.getCanonicalType(BaseType).getUnqualifiedType();
2196 QualType MemberTypeCanon
2197 = Context.getCanonicalType(
2198 Context.getTypeDeclType(
2199 dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(Result.getAsDecl()->getDeclContext())));
2200
2201 if (BaseTypeCanon != MemberTypeCanon &&
2202 !IsDerivedFrom(BaseTypeCanon, MemberTypeCanon))
2203 return ExprError(Diag(SS->getBeginLoc(),
2204 diag::err_not_direct_base_or_virtual)
2205 << MemberTypeCanon << BaseTypeCanon);
2206 }
2207
Douglas Gregor7176fff2009-01-15 00:26:24 +00002208 if (!Result)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002209 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
2210 << &Member << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002211 if (Result.isAmbiguous()) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002212 DiagnoseAmbiguousLookup(Result, DeclarationName(&Member),
2213 MemberLoc, BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
2214 return ExprError();
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002215 }
2216
2217 NamedDecl *MemberDecl = Result;
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00002218
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002219 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2220 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2221 // error cases.
2222 if (MemberDecl->isInvalidDecl())
2223 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002224
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002225 // Check the use of this field
2226 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(MemberDecl, MemberLoc))
2227 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner56cd21b2009-02-13 22:08:30 +00002228
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002229 if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002230 // We may have found a field within an anonymous union or struct
2231 // (C++ [class.union]).
2232 if (cast<RecordDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion())
Sebastian Redlcd965b92009-01-18 18:53:16 +00002233 return BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(MemberLoc, FD,
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002234 BaseExpr, OpLoc);
Douglas Gregorbcbffc42009-01-07 00:43:41 +00002235
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002236 // Figure out the type of the member; see C99 6.5.2.3p3, C++ [expr.ref]
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002237 QualType MemberType = FD->getType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002238 if (const ReferenceType *Ref = MemberType->getAs<ReferenceType>())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002239 MemberType = Ref->getPointeeType();
2240 else {
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002241 unsigned BaseAddrSpace = BaseType.getAddressSpace();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002242 unsigned combinedQualifiers =
2243 MemberType.getCVRQualifiers() | BaseType.getCVRQualifiers();
Douglas Gregor3fc749d2008-12-23 00:26:44 +00002244 if (FD->isMutable())
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002245 combinedQualifiers &= ~QualType::Const;
2246 MemberType = MemberType.getQualifiedType(combinedQualifiers);
Mon P Wangc6a38a42009-07-22 03:08:17 +00002247 if (BaseAddrSpace != MemberType.getAddressSpace())
2248 MemberType = Context.getAddrSpaceQualType(MemberType, BaseAddrSpace);
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002249 }
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002250
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002251 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, FD);
Fariborz Jahanianf3e53d32009-07-29 19:40:11 +00002252 if (PerformObjectMemberConversion(BaseExpr, FD))
2253 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002254 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, FD,
2255 MemberLoc, MemberType));
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002256 }
2257
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002258 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2259 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002260 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002261 Var, MemberLoc,
2262 Var->getType().getNonReferenceType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002263 }
2264 if (FunctionDecl *MemberFn = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2265 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002266 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002267 MemberFn, MemberLoc,
2268 MemberFn->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002269 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002270 if (OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl
2271 = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemberDecl))
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002272 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow, Ovl,
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002273 MemberLoc, Context.OverloadTy));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002274 if (EnumConstantDecl *Enum = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(MemberDecl)) {
2275 MarkDeclarationReferenced(MemberLoc, MemberDecl);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002276 return Owned(new (Context) MemberExpr(BaseExpr, OpKind == tok::arrow,
2277 Enum, MemberLoc, Enum->getType()));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00002278 }
Chris Lattnera3d25242009-03-31 08:18:48 +00002279 if (isa<TypeDecl>(MemberDecl))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002280 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_type)
2281 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Eli Friedman51019072008-02-06 22:48:16 +00002282
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00002283 // We found a declaration kind that we didn't expect. This is a
2284 // generic error message that tells the user that she can't refer
2285 // to this member with '.' or '->'.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002286 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc,
2287 diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_unknown)
2288 << DeclarationName(&Member) << int(OpKind == tok::arrow));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002289 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002290
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002291 // Handle properties on ObjC 'Class' types.
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00002292 if (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCClassType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002293 // Also must look for a getter name which uses property syntax.
2294 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2295 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl()) {
2296 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
2297 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter;
2298 // FIXME: need to also look locally in the implementation.
2299 if ((Getter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(Sel))) {
2300 // Check the use of this method.
2301 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2302 return ExprError();
2303 }
2304 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2305 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2306 Selector SetterSel =
2307 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2308 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
2309 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupClassMethod(SetterSel);
2310 if (!Setter) {
2311 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2312 // methods.
2313 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
2314 }
2315 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002316 if (!Setter)
2317 Setter = IFace->getCategoryClassMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002318
2319 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2320 return ExprError();
2321
2322 if (Getter || Setter) {
2323 QualType PType;
2324
2325 if (Getter)
2326 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2327 else {
2328 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2329 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2330 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2331 }
2332 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2333 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2334 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2335 }
2336 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2337 << &Member << BaseType);
2338 }
2339 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002340 // Handle access to Objective-C instance variables, such as "Obj->ivar" and
2341 // (*Obj).ivar.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002342 if ((OpKind == tok::arrow && BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
2343 (OpKind == tok::period && BaseType->isObjCInterfaceType())) {
2344 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2345 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT =
2346 OPT ? OPT->getInterfaceType() : BaseType->getAsObjCInterfaceType();
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002347 if (IFaceT) {
2348 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = IFaceT->getDecl();
2349 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassDeclared;
2350 ObjCIvarDecl *IV = IDecl->lookupInstanceVariable(&Member, ClassDeclared);
2351
2352 if (IV) {
2353 // If the decl being referenced had an error, return an error for this
2354 // sub-expr without emitting another error, in order to avoid cascading
2355 // error cases.
2356 if (IV->isInvalidDecl())
2357 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002358
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002359 // Check whether we can reference this field.
2360 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IV, MemberLoc))
2361 return ExprError();
2362 if (IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Public &&
2363 IV->getAccessControl() != ObjCIvarDecl::Package) {
2364 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ClassOfMethodDecl = 0;
2365 if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = getCurMethodDecl())
2366 ClassOfMethodDecl = MD->getClassInterface();
2367 else if (ObjCImpDecl && getCurFunctionDecl()) {
2368 // Case of a c-function declared inside an objc implementation.
2369 // FIXME: For a c-style function nested inside an objc implementation
2370 // class, there is no implementation context available, so we pass
2371 // down the context as argument to this routine. Ideally, this context
2372 // need be passed down in the AST node and somehow calculated from the
2373 // AST for a function decl.
2374 Decl *ImplDecl = ObjCImpDecl.getAs<Decl>();
2375 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPD =
2376 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(ImplDecl))
2377 ClassOfMethodDecl = IMPD->getClassInterface();
2378 else if (ObjCCategoryImplDecl* CatImplClass =
2379 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryImplDecl>(ImplDecl))
2380 ClassOfMethodDecl = CatImplClass->getClassInterface();
2381 }
2382
2383 if (IV->getAccessControl() == ObjCIvarDecl::Private) {
2384 if (ClassDeclared != IDecl ||
2385 ClassOfMethodDecl != ClassDeclared)
2386 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_private_ivar_access)
2387 << IV->getDeclName();
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00002388 } else if (!IDecl->isSuperClassOf(ClassOfMethodDecl))
2389 // @protected
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002390 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::error_protected_ivar_access)
2391 << IV->getDeclName();
Steve Naroffb06d8752009-03-04 18:34:24 +00002392 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002393
2394 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIvarRefExpr(IV, IV->getType(),
2395 MemberLoc, BaseExpr,
2396 OpKind == tok::arrow));
Fariborz Jahanian935fd762009-03-03 01:21:12 +00002397 }
Steve Naroffc70e8d92009-07-16 00:25:06 +00002398 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_ivar)
2399 << IDecl->getDeclName() << &Member
2400 << BaseExpr->getSourceRange());
Fariborz Jahanianaaa63a72008-12-13 22:20:28 +00002401 }
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002402 // We have an 'id' type. Rather than fall through, we check if this
2403 // is a reference to 'isa'.
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002404 if (Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002405 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, true, MemberLoc,
2406 Context.getObjCIdType()));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002407 }
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00002408 // Handle properties on 'id' and qualified "id".
2409 if (OpKind == tok::period && (BaseType->isObjCIdType() ||
2410 BaseType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())) {
2411 const ObjCObjectPointerType *QIdTy = BaseType->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
2412
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002413 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
2414 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
2415 if (Decl *PMDecl = FindGetterNameDecl(QIdTy, Member, Sel, Context)) {
2416 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = dyn_cast<ObjCPropertyDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2417 // Check the use of this declaration
2418 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2419 return ExprError();
2420
2421 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2422 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2423 }
2424 if (ObjCMethodDecl *OMD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(PMDecl)) {
2425 // Check the use of this method.
2426 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(OMD, MemberLoc))
2427 return ExprError();
2428
2429 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCMessageExpr(BaseExpr, Sel,
2430 OMD->getResultType(),
2431 OMD, OpLoc, MemberLoc,
2432 NULL, 0));
2433 }
2434 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002435
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002436 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2437 << &Member << BaseType);
2438 }
Chris Lattnera38e6b12008-07-21 04:59:05 +00002439 // Handle Objective-C property access, which is "Obj.property" where Obj is a
2440 // pointer to a (potentially qualified) interface type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002441 const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT;
2442 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2443 (OPT = BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())) {
2444 const ObjCInterfaceType *IFaceT = OPT->getInterfaceType();
2445 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = IFaceT->getDecl();
2446
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002447 // Search for a declared property first.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002448 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = IFace->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002449 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2450 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2451 return ExprError();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002452 QualType ResTy = PD->getType();
2453 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002454 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Fariborz Jahanianc001e892009-05-08 20:20:55 +00002455 if (DiagnosePropertyAccessorMismatch(PD, Getter, MemberLoc))
2456 ResTy = Getter->getResultType();
Fariborz Jahanian4c2743f2009-05-08 19:36:34 +00002457 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, ResTy,
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002458 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2459 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002460 // Check protocols on qualified interfaces.
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00002461 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2462 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002463 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002464 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2465 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2466 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002467
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002468 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
Chris Lattner7eba82e2009-02-16 18:35:08 +00002469 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2470 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002471 for (ObjCObjectPointerType::qual_iterator I = OPT->qual_begin(),
2472 E = OPT->qual_end(); I != E; ++I)
2473 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PD = (*I)->FindPropertyDeclaration(&Member)) {
2474 // Check whether we can reference this property.
2475 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(PD, MemberLoc))
2476 return ExprError();
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002477
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00002478 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCPropertyRefExpr(PD, PD->getType(),
2479 MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2480 }
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002481 // If that failed, look for an "implicit" property by seeing if the nullary
2482 // selector is implemented.
2483
2484 // FIXME: The logic for looking up nullary and unary selectors should be
2485 // shared with the code in ActOnInstanceMessage.
2486
2487 Selector Sel = PP.getSelectorTable().getNullarySelector(&Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002488 ObjCMethodDecl *Getter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(Sel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002489
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002490 // If this reference is in an @implementation, check for 'private' methods.
2491 if (!Getter)
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002492 Getter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002493
Steve Naroff7692ed62008-10-22 19:16:27 +00002494 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002495 if (!Getter)
2496 Getter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(Sel);
Daniel Dunbar2307d312008-09-03 01:05:41 +00002497 if (Getter) {
Douglas Gregor48f3bb92009-02-18 21:56:37 +00002498 // Check if we can reference this property.
2499 if (DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Getter, MemberLoc))
2500 return ExprError();
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002501 }
2502 // If we found a getter then this may be a valid dot-reference, we
2503 // will look for the matching setter, in case it is needed.
2504 Selector SetterSel =
2505 SelectorTable::constructSetterName(PP.getIdentifierTable(),
2506 PP.getSelectorTable(), &Member);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00002507 ObjCMethodDecl *Setter = IFace->lookupInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002508 if (!Setter) {
2509 // If this reference is in an @implementation, also check for 'private'
2510 // methods.
Fariborz Jahanianef79bc92009-04-07 18:28:06 +00002511 Setter = FindMethodInNestedImplementations(IFace, SetterSel);
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002512 }
2513 // Look through local category implementations associated with the class.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis1cb35dd2009-07-21 00:06:20 +00002514 if (!Setter)
2515 Setter = IFace->getCategoryInstanceMethod(SetterSel);
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002516
Steve Naroff1ca66942009-03-11 13:48:17 +00002517 if (Setter && DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Setter, MemberLoc))
2518 return ExprError();
2519
2520 if (Getter || Setter) {
2521 QualType PType;
2522
2523 if (Getter)
2524 PType = Getter->getResultType();
2525 else {
2526 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator PI = Setter->param_begin(),
2527 E = Setter->param_end(); PI != E; ++PI)
2528 PType = (*PI)->getType();
2529 }
2530 // FIXME: we must check that the setter has property type.
2531 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCKVCRefExpr(Getter, PType,
2532 Setter, MemberLoc, BaseExpr));
2533 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002534 return ExprError(Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_property_not_found)
2535 << &Member << BaseType);
Fariborz Jahanian232220c2007-11-12 22:29:28 +00002536 }
Steve Naroffdd53eb52009-03-05 20:12:00 +00002537
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002538 // Handle the following exceptional case (*Obj).isa.
2539 if (OpKind == tok::period &&
2540 BaseType->isSpecificBuiltinType(BuiltinType::ObjCId) &&
Steve Naroff99b10be2009-07-29 14:06:03 +00002541 Member.isStr("isa"))
Steve Narofff242b1b2009-07-24 17:54:45 +00002542 return Owned(new (Context) ObjCIsaExpr(BaseExpr, false, MemberLoc,
2543 Context.getObjCIdType()));
2544
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002545 // Handle 'field access' to vectors, such as 'V.xx'.
Chris Lattner73525de2009-02-16 21:11:58 +00002546 if (BaseType->isExtVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002547 QualType ret = CheckExtVectorComponent(BaseType, OpLoc, Member, MemberLoc);
2548 if (ret.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002549 return ExprError();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002550 return Owned(new (Context) ExtVectorElementExpr(ret, BaseExpr, Member,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002551 MemberLoc));
Chris Lattnerfb173ec2008-07-21 04:28:12 +00002552 }
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002553
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002554 Diag(MemberLoc, diag::err_typecheck_member_reference_struct_union)
2555 << BaseType << BaseExpr->getSourceRange();
2556
2557 // If the user is trying to apply -> or . to a function or function
2558 // pointer, it's probably because they forgot parentheses to call
2559 // the function. Suggest the addition of those parentheses.
2560 if (BaseType == Context.OverloadTy ||
2561 BaseType->isFunctionType() ||
2562 (BaseType->isPointerType() &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002563 BaseType->getAs<PointerType>()->isFunctionType())) {
Douglas Gregor214f31a2009-03-27 06:00:30 +00002564 SourceLocation Loc = PP.getLocForEndOfToken(BaseExpr->getLocEnd());
2565 Diag(Loc, diag::note_member_reference_needs_call)
2566 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(Loc, "()");
2567 }
2568
2569 return ExprError();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002570}
2571
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002572/// ConvertArgumentsForCall - Converts the arguments specified in
2573/// Args/NumArgs to the parameter types of the function FDecl with
2574/// function prototype Proto. Call is the call expression itself, and
2575/// Fn is the function expression. For a C++ member function, this
2576/// routine does not attempt to convert the object argument. Returns
2577/// true if the call is ill-formed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002578bool
2579Sema::ConvertArgumentsForCall(CallExpr *Call, Expr *Fn,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002580 FunctionDecl *FDecl,
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002581 const FunctionProtoType *Proto,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002582 Expr **Args, unsigned NumArgs,
2583 SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002584 // C99 6.5.2.2p7 - the arguments are implicitly converted, as if by
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002585 // assignment, to the types of the corresponding parameter, ...
2586 unsigned NumArgsInProto = Proto->getNumArgs();
2587 unsigned NumArgsToCheck = NumArgs;
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002588 bool Invalid = false;
2589
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002590 // If too few arguments are available (and we don't have default
2591 // arguments for the remaining parameters), don't make the call.
2592 if (NumArgs < NumArgsInProto) {
2593 if (!FDecl || NumArgs < FDecl->getMinRequiredArguments())
2594 return Diag(RParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_too_few_args)
2595 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange();
2596 // Use default arguments for missing arguments
2597 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002598 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002599 }
2600
2601 // If too many are passed and not variadic, error on the extras and drop
2602 // them.
2603 if (NumArgs > NumArgsInProto) {
2604 if (!Proto->isVariadic()) {
2605 Diag(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2606 diag::err_typecheck_call_too_many_args)
2607 << Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType() << Fn->getSourceRange()
2608 << SourceRange(Args[NumArgsInProto]->getLocStart(),
2609 Args[NumArgs-1]->getLocEnd());
2610 // This deletes the extra arguments.
Ted Kremenek8189cde2009-02-07 01:47:29 +00002611 Call->setNumArgs(Context, NumArgsInProto);
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002612 Invalid = true;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002613 }
2614 NumArgsToCheck = NumArgsInProto;
2615 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002616
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002617 // Continue to check argument types (even if we have too few/many args).
2618 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgsToCheck; i++) {
2619 QualType ProtoArgType = Proto->getArgType(i);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002620
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002621 Expr *Arg;
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002622 if (i < NumArgs) {
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002623 Arg = Args[i];
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002624
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002625 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2626 ProtoArgType,
2627 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2628 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2629 return true;
2630
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002631 // Pass the argument.
2632 if (PerformCopyInitialization(Arg, ProtoArgType, "passing"))
2633 return true;
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002634 } else {
2635 if (FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->hasUnparsedDefaultArg()) {
2636 Diag (Call->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2637 diag::err_use_of_default_argument_to_function_declared_later) <<
2638 FDecl << cast<CXXRecordDecl>(FDecl->getDeclContext())->getDeclName();
2639 Diag(UnparsedDefaultArgLocs[FDecl->getParamDecl(i)],
2640 diag::note_default_argument_declared_here);
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002641 } else {
2642 Expr *DefaultExpr = FDecl->getParamDecl(i)->getDefaultArg();
2643
2644 // If the default expression creates temporaries, we need to
2645 // push them to the current stack of expression temporaries so they'll
2646 // be properly destroyed.
2647 if (CXXExprWithTemporaries *E
2648 = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXExprWithTemporaries>(DefaultExpr)) {
2649 assert(!E->shouldDestroyTemporaries() &&
2650 "Can't destroy temporaries in a default argument expr!");
2651 for (unsigned I = 0, N = E->getNumTemporaries(); I != N; ++I)
2652 ExprTemporaries.push_back(E->getTemporary(I));
2653 }
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002654 }
Anders Carlssonf54741e2009-06-16 03:37:31 +00002655
Douglas Gregor61366e92008-12-24 00:01:03 +00002656 // We already type-checked the argument, so we know it works.
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002657 Arg = new (Context) CXXDefaultArgExpr(FDecl->getParamDecl(i));
Anders Carlsson5e300d12009-06-12 16:51:40 +00002658 }
2659
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002660 QualType ArgType = Arg->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002661
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002662 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2663 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002664
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002665 // If this is a variadic call, handle args passed through "...".
2666 if (Proto->isVariadic()) {
Anders Carlssondce5e2c2009-01-16 16:48:51 +00002667 VariadicCallType CallType = VariadicFunction;
2668 if (Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType())
2669 CallType = VariadicBlock; // Block
2670 else if (isa<MemberExpr>(Fn))
2671 CallType = VariadicMethod;
2672
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002673 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p7).
2674 for (unsigned i = NumArgsInProto; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2675 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
Chris Lattner312531a2009-04-12 08:11:20 +00002676 Invalid |= DefaultVariadicArgumentPromotion(Arg, CallType);
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002677 Call->setArg(i, Arg);
2678 }
2679 }
2680
Douglas Gregor3fd56d72009-01-23 21:30:56 +00002681 return Invalid;
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002682}
2683
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002684/// ActOnCallExpr - Handle a call to Fn with the specified array of arguments.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002685/// This provides the location of the left/right parens and a list of comma
2686/// locations.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002687Action::OwningExprResult
2688Sema::ActOnCallExpr(Scope *S, ExprArg fn, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
2689 MultiExprArg args,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002690 SourceLocation *CommaLocs, SourceLocation RParenLoc) {
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002691 unsigned NumArgs = args.size();
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00002692 Expr *Fn = fn.takeAs<Expr>();
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002693 Expr **Args = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(args.release());
Chris Lattner74c469f2007-07-21 03:03:59 +00002694 assert(Fn && "no function call expression");
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002695 FunctionDecl *FDecl = NULL;
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002696 NamedDecl *NDecl = NULL;
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002697 DeclarationName UnqualifiedName;
Nate Begeman25b4fdb2009-08-09 17:55:44 +00002698
2699 // If the function is a ParenListExpr, then convert it into a standard
2700 // paren expr since this is not an altivec initializer.
2701 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Fn))
2702 Fn = ConvertParenListExpr(S, PE).takeAs<Expr>();
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002703
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002704 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002705 // Determine whether this is a dependent call inside a C++ template,
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002706 // in which case we won't do any semantic analysis now.
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00002707 // FIXME: Will need to cache the results of name lookup (including ADL) in
2708 // Fn.
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002709 bool Dependent = false;
2710 if (Fn->isTypeDependent())
2711 Dependent = true;
2712 else if (Expr::hasAnyTypeDependentArguments(Args, NumArgs))
2713 Dependent = true;
2714
2715 if (Dependent)
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002716 return Owned(new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002717 Context.DependentTy, RParenLoc));
2718
2719 // Determine whether this is a call to an object (C++ [over.call.object]).
2720 if (Fn->getType()->isRecordType())
2721 return Owned(BuildCallToObjectOfClassType(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2722 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
2723
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002724 // Determine whether this is a call to a member function.
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002725 if (MemberExpr *MemExpr = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Fn->IgnoreParens())) {
2726 NamedDecl *MemDecl = MemExpr->getMemberDecl();
2727 if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2728 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(MemDecl) ||
2729 (isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl) &&
2730 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(
2731 cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(MemDecl)->getTemplatedDecl())))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002732 return Owned(BuildCallToMemberFunction(S, Fn, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs,
2733 CommaLocs, RParenLoc));
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002734 }
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002735 }
2736
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002737 // If we're directly calling a function, get the appropriate declaration.
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002738 // Also, in C++, keep track of whether we should perform argument-dependent
2739 // lookup and whether there were any explicitly-specified template arguments.
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002740 Expr *FnExpr = Fn;
2741 bool ADL = true;
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002742 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2743 const TemplateArgument *ExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
2744 unsigned NumExplicitTemplateArgs = 0;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002745 while (true) {
2746 if (ImplicitCastExpr *IcExpr = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(FnExpr))
2747 FnExpr = IcExpr->getSubExpr();
2748 else if (ParenExpr *PExpr = dyn_cast<ParenExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002749 // Parentheses around a function disable ADL
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002750 // (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002751 ADL = false;
2752 FnExpr = PExpr->getSubExpr();
2753 } else if (isa<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr) &&
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002754 cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getOpcode()
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002755 == UnaryOperator::AddrOf) {
2756 FnExpr = cast<UnaryOperator>(FnExpr)->getSubExpr();
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002757 } else if (DeclRefExpr *DRExpr = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002758 // Qualified names disable ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p1).
2759 ADL &= !isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(DRExpr);
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002760 NDecl = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(DRExpr->getDecl());
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002761 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002762 } else if (UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr *DepName
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002763 = dyn_cast<UnresolvedFunctionNameExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2764 UnqualifiedName = DepName->getName();
2765 break;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002766 } else if (TemplateIdRefExpr *TemplateIdRef
2767 = dyn_cast<TemplateIdRefExpr>(FnExpr)) {
2768 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
Douglas Gregord99cbe62009-07-29 18:26:50 +00002769 if (!NDecl)
2770 NDecl = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateName().getAsOverloadedFunctionDecl();
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002771 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
2772 ExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getTemplateArgs();
2773 NumExplicitTemplateArgs = TemplateIdRef->getNumTemplateArgs();
2774
2775 // C++ [temp.arg.explicit]p6:
2776 // [Note: For simple function names, argument dependent lookup (3.4.2)
2777 // applies even when the function name is not visible within the
2778 // scope of the call. This is because the call still has the syntactic
2779 // form of a function call (3.4.1). But when a function template with
2780 // explicit template arguments is used, the call does not have the
2781 // correct syntactic form unless there is a function template with
2782 // that name visible at the point of the call. If no such name is
2783 // visible, the call is not syntactically well-formed and
2784 // argument-dependent lookup does not apply. If some such name is
2785 // visible, argument dependent lookup applies and additional function
2786 // templates may be found in other namespaces.
2787 //
2788 // The summary of this paragraph is that, if we get to this point and the
2789 // template-id was not a qualified name, then argument-dependent lookup
2790 // is still possible.
2791 if (TemplateIdRef->getQualifier())
2792 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002793 break;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002794 } else {
Chris Lattner90e150d2009-02-14 07:22:29 +00002795 // Any kind of name that does not refer to a declaration (or
2796 // set of declarations) disables ADL (C++0x [basic.lookup.argdep]p3).
2797 ADL = false;
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002798 break;
2799 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002800 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002801
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002802 OverloadedFunctionDecl *Ovl = 0;
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002803 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = 0;
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002804 if (NDecl) {
2805 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2806 if ((FunctionTemplate = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(NDecl)))
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002807 FDecl = FunctionTemplate->getTemplatedDecl();
2808 else
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002809 FDecl = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NDecl);
2810 Ovl = dyn_cast<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(NDecl);
Douglas Gregor17330012009-02-04 15:01:18 +00002811 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002812
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002813 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate ||
2814 (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && (FDecl || UnqualifiedName))) {
Douglas Gregor3e41d602009-02-13 23:20:09 +00002815 // We don't perform ADL for implicit declarations of builtins.
Douglas Gregor3c385e52009-02-14 18:57:46 +00002816 if (FDecl && FDecl->getBuiltinID(Context) && FDecl->isImplicit())
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002817 ADL = false;
2818
Douglas Gregorf9201e02009-02-11 23:02:49 +00002819 // We don't perform ADL in C.
2820 if (!getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
2821 ADL = false;
2822
Douglas Gregore53060f2009-06-25 22:08:12 +00002823 if (Ovl || FunctionTemplate || ADL) {
Douglas Gregor6db8ed42009-06-30 23:57:56 +00002824 FDecl = ResolveOverloadedCallFn(Fn, NDecl, UnqualifiedName,
2825 HasExplicitTemplateArgs,
2826 ExplicitTemplateArgs,
2827 NumExplicitTemplateArgs,
2828 LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs, CommaLocs,
2829 RParenLoc, ADL);
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002830 if (!FDecl)
2831 return ExprError();
2832
2833 // Update Fn to refer to the actual function selected.
2834 Expr *NewFn = 0;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002835 if (QualifiedDeclRefExpr *QDRExpr
Douglas Gregoredce4dd2009-06-30 22:34:41 +00002836 = dyn_cast<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(FnExpr))
Douglas Gregorab452ba2009-03-26 23:50:42 +00002837 NewFn = new (Context) QualifiedDeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
2838 QDRExpr->getLocation(),
2839 false, false,
2840 QDRExpr->getQualifierRange(),
2841 QDRExpr->getQualifier());
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002842 else
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002843 NewFn = new (Context) DeclRefExpr(FDecl, FDecl->getType(),
Douglas Gregorfa047642009-02-04 00:32:51 +00002844 Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin());
2845 Fn->Destroy(Context);
2846 Fn = NewFn;
2847 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00002848 }
Chris Lattner04421082008-04-08 04:40:51 +00002849
2850 // Promote the function operand.
2851 UsualUnaryConversions(Fn);
2852
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002853 // Make the call expr early, before semantic checks. This guarantees cleanup
2854 // of arguments and function on error.
Ted Kremenek668bf912009-02-09 20:51:47 +00002855 ExprOwningPtr<CallExpr> TheCall(this, new (Context) CallExpr(Context, Fn,
2856 Args, NumArgs,
2857 Context.BoolTy,
2858 RParenLoc));
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002859
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002860 const FunctionType *FuncT;
2861 if (!Fn->getType()->isBlockPointerType()) {
2862 // C99 6.5.2.2p1 - "The expression that denotes the called function shall
2863 // have type pointer to function".
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002864 const PointerType *PT = Fn->getType()->getAs<PointerType>();
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002865 if (PT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002866 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2867 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002868 FuncT = PT->getPointeeType()->getAsFunctionType();
2869 } else { // This is a block call.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00002870 FuncT = Fn->getType()->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType()->
Steve Naroffdd972f22008-09-05 22:11:13 +00002871 getAsFunctionType();
2872 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002873 if (FuncT == 0)
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002874 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_typecheck_call_not_function)
2875 << Fn->getType() << Fn->getSourceRange());
2876
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002877 // Check for a valid return type
2878 if (!FuncT->getResultType()->isVoidType() &&
2879 RequireCompleteType(Fn->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2880 FuncT->getResultType(),
2881 diag::err_call_incomplete_return,
2882 TheCall->getSourceRange()))
2883 return ExprError();
2884
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002885 // We know the result type of the call, set it.
Douglas Gregor15da57e2008-10-29 02:00:59 +00002886 TheCall->setType(FuncT->getResultType().getNonReferenceType());
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002887
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002888 if (const FunctionProtoType *Proto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(FuncT)) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002889 if (ConvertArgumentsForCall(&*TheCall, Fn, FDecl, Proto, Args, NumArgs,
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002890 RParenLoc))
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002891 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002892 } else {
Douglas Gregor72564e72009-02-26 23:50:07 +00002893 assert(isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FuncT) && "Unknown FunctionType!");
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002894
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002895 if (FDecl) {
2896 // Check if we have too few/too many template arguments, based
2897 // on our knowledge of the function definition.
2898 const FunctionDecl *Def = 0;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00002899 if (FDecl->getBody(Def) && NumArgs != Def->param_size()) {
Eli Friedmanbc4e29f2009-06-01 09:24:59 +00002900 const FunctionProtoType *Proto =
2901 Def->getType()->getAsFunctionProtoType();
2902 if (!Proto || !(Proto->isVariadic() && NumArgs >= Def->param_size())) {
2903 Diag(RParenLoc, diag::warn_call_wrong_number_of_arguments)
2904 << (NumArgs > Def->param_size()) << FDecl << Fn->getSourceRange();
2905 }
2906 }
Douglas Gregor74734d52009-04-02 15:37:10 +00002907 }
2908
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002909 // Promote the arguments (C99 6.5.2.2p6).
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002910 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumArgs; i++) {
2911 Expr *Arg = Args[i];
2912 DefaultArgumentPromotion(Arg);
Eli Friedmane7c6f7a2009-03-22 22:00:50 +00002913 if (RequireCompleteType(Arg->getSourceRange().getBegin(),
2914 Arg->getType(),
2915 diag::err_call_incomplete_argument,
2916 Arg->getSourceRange()))
2917 return ExprError();
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002918 TheCall->setArg(i, Arg);
Steve Naroffb291ab62007-08-28 23:30:39 +00002919 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002920 }
Chris Lattner925e60d2007-12-28 05:29:59 +00002921
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002922 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(FDecl))
2923 if (!Method->isStatic())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002924 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_member_call_without_object)
2925 << Fn->getSourceRange());
Douglas Gregor88a35142008-12-22 05:46:06 +00002926
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002927 // Check for sentinels
2928 if (NDecl)
2929 DiagnoseSentinelCalls(NDecl, LParenLoc, Args, NumArgs);
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002930 // Do special checking on direct calls to functions.
Fariborz Jahaniandaf04152009-05-15 20:33:25 +00002931 if (FDecl)
Eli Friedmand38617c2008-05-14 19:38:39 +00002932 return CheckFunctionCall(FDecl, TheCall.take());
Fariborz Jahanian725165f2009-05-18 21:05:18 +00002933 if (NDecl)
2934 return CheckBlockCall(NDecl, TheCall.take());
Chris Lattner59907c42007-08-10 20:18:51 +00002935
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00002936 return Owned(TheCall.take());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00002937}
2938
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002939Action::OwningExprResult
2940Sema::ActOnCompoundLiteral(SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
2941 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg InitExpr) {
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002942 assert((Ty != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing type");
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002943 QualType literalType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Steve Naroffaff1edd2007-07-19 21:32:11 +00002944 // FIXME: put back this assert when initializers are worked out.
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00002945 //assert((InitExpr != 0) && "ActOnCompoundLiteral(): missing expression");
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002946 Expr *literalExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(InitExpr.get());
Anders Carlssond35c8322007-12-05 07:24:19 +00002947
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002948 if (literalType->isArrayType()) {
Chris Lattnerc63a1f22008-08-04 07:31:14 +00002949 if (literalType->isVariableArrayType())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002950 return ExprError(Diag(LParenLoc, diag::err_variable_object_no_init)
2951 << SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd()));
Douglas Gregor690dc7f2009-05-21 23:48:18 +00002952 } else if (!literalType->isDependentType() &&
2953 RequireCompleteType(LParenLoc, literalType,
2954 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type,
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00002955 SourceRange(LParenLoc, literalExpr->getSourceRange().getEnd())))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002956 return ExprError();
Eli Friedman6223c222008-05-20 05:22:08 +00002957
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002958 if (CheckInitializerTypes(literalExpr, literalType, LParenLoc,
Douglas Gregor09f41cf2009-01-14 15:45:31 +00002959 DeclarationName(), /*FIXME:DirectInit=*/false))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002960 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002961
Chris Lattner371f2582008-12-04 23:50:19 +00002962 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Steve Naroffe9b12192008-01-14 18:19:28 +00002963 if (isFileScope) { // 6.5.2.5p3
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002964 if (CheckForConstantInitializer(literalExpr, literalType))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002965 return ExprError();
Steve Naroffd0091aa2008-01-10 22:15:12 +00002966 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002967 InitExpr.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002968 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundLiteralExpr(LParenLoc, literalType,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00002969 literalExpr, isFileScope));
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002970}
2971
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002972Action::OwningExprResult
2973Sema::ActOnInitList(SourceLocation LBraceLoc, MultiExprArg initlist,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002974 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
2975 unsigned NumInit = initlist.size();
2976 Expr **InitList = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(initlist.release());
Anders Carlsson66b5a8a2007-08-31 04:56:16 +00002977
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00002978 // Semantic analysis for initializers is done by ActOnDeclarator() and
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002979 // CheckInitializer() - it requires knowledge of the object being intialized.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002980
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00002981 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LBraceLoc, InitList, NumInit,
Douglas Gregor4c678342009-01-28 21:54:33 +00002982 RBraceLoc);
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00002983 E->setType(Context.VoidTy); // FIXME: just a place holder for now.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00002984 return Owned(E);
Steve Naroff4aa88f82007-07-19 01:06:55 +00002985}
2986
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002987/// CheckCastTypes - Check type constraints for casting between types.
Sebastian Redlef0cb8e2009-07-29 13:50:23 +00002988bool Sema::CheckCastTypes(SourceRange TyR, QualType castType, Expr *&castExpr,
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002989 CastExpr::CastKind& Kind, bool FunctionalStyle) {
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002990 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00002991 return CXXCheckCStyleCast(TyR, castType, castExpr, Kind, FunctionalStyle);
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00002992
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00002993 UsualUnaryConversions(castExpr);
2994
2995 // C99 6.5.4p2: the cast type needs to be void or scalar and the expression
2996 // type needs to be scalar.
2997 if (castType->isVoidType()) {
2998 // Cast to void allows any expr type.
2999 } else if (!castType->isScalarType() && !castType->isVectorType()) {
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003000 if (Context.getCanonicalType(castType).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3001 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType().getUnqualifiedType()) &&
3002 (castType->isStructureType() || castType->isUnionType())) {
3003 // GCC struct/union extension: allow cast to self.
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003004 // FIXME: Check that the cast destination type is complete.
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003005 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_nonscalar)
3006 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003007 Kind = CastExpr::CK_NoOp;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003008 } else if (castType->isUnionType()) {
3009 // GCC cast to union extension
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003010 RecordDecl *RD = castType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003011 RecordDecl::field_iterator Field, FieldEnd;
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003012 for (Field = RD->field_begin(), FieldEnd = RD->field_end();
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003013 Field != FieldEnd; ++Field) {
3014 if (Context.getCanonicalType(Field->getType()).getUnqualifiedType() ==
3015 Context.getCanonicalType(castExpr->getType()).getUnqualifiedType()) {
3016 Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::ext_typecheck_cast_to_union)
3017 << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3018 break;
3019 }
3020 }
3021 if (Field == FieldEnd)
3022 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cast_to_union_no_type)
3023 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlsson4d8673b2009-08-07 23:22:37 +00003024 Kind = CastExpr::CK_ToUnion;
Seo Sanghyeoneff2cd52009-01-15 04:51:39 +00003025 } else {
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003026 // Reject any other conversions to non-scalar types.
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003027 return Diag(TyR.getBegin(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003028 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003029 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003030 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isScalarType() &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003031 !castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003032 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3033 diag::err_typecheck_expect_scalar_operand)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003034 << castExpr->getType() << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003035 } else if (castType->isExtVectorType()) {
3036 if (CheckExtVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003037 return true;
3038 } else if (castType->isVectorType()) {
3039 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castType, castExpr->getType()))
3040 return true;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003041 } else if (castExpr->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3042 if (CheckVectorCast(TyR, castExpr->getType(), castType))
3043 return true;
Steve Naroff6b9dfd42009-03-04 15:11:40 +00003044 } else if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && isa<ObjCSuperExpr>(castExpr)) {
Steve Naroffa0c3e9c2009-04-08 23:52:26 +00003045 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_illegal_super_cast) << TyR;
Eli Friedman41826bb2009-05-01 02:23:58 +00003046 } else if (!castType->isArithmeticType()) {
3047 QualType castExprType = castExpr->getType();
3048 if (!castExprType->isIntegralType() && castExprType->isArithmeticType())
3049 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3050 diag::err_cast_pointer_from_non_pointer_int)
3051 << castExprType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
3052 } else if (!castExpr->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3053 if (!castType->isIntegralType() && castType->isArithmeticType())
3054 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(),
3055 diag::err_cast_pointer_to_non_pointer_int)
3056 << castType << castExpr->getSourceRange();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003057 }
Fariborz Jahanianb5ff6bf2009-05-22 21:42:52 +00003058 if (isa<ObjCSelectorExpr>(castExpr))
3059 return Diag(castExpr->getLocStart(), diag::err_cast_selector_expr);
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6c2dc4d2008-08-16 20:27:34 +00003060 return false;
3061}
3062
Chris Lattnerfe23e212007-12-20 00:44:32 +00003063bool Sema::CheckVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType VectorTy, QualType Ty) {
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003064 assert(VectorTy->isVectorType() && "Not a vector type!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003065
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003066 if (Ty->isVectorType() || Ty->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner98be4942008-03-05 18:54:05 +00003067 if (Context.getTypeSize(VectorTy) != Context.getTypeSize(Ty))
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003068 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003069 Ty->isVectorType() ?
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003070 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vectors :
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003071 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003072 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003073 } else
3074 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003075 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003076 << VectorTy << Ty << R;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003077
Anders Carlssona64db8f2007-11-27 05:51:55 +00003078 return false;
3079}
3080
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003081bool Sema::CheckExtVectorCast(SourceRange R, QualType DestTy, QualType SrcTy) {
3082 assert(DestTy->isExtVectorType() && "Not an extended vector type!");
3083
Nate Begeman9b10da62009-06-27 22:05:55 +00003084 // If SrcTy is a VectorType, the total size must match to explicitly cast to
3085 // an ExtVectorType.
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003086 if (SrcTy->isVectorType()) {
3087 if (Context.getTypeSize(DestTy) != Context.getTypeSize(SrcTy))
3088 return Diag(R.getBegin(),diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_ext_vectors)
3089 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
3090 return false;
3091 }
3092
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003093 // All non-pointer scalars can be cast to ExtVector type. The appropriate
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003094 // conversion will take place first from scalar to elt type, and then
3095 // splat from elt type to vector.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003096 if (SrcTy->isPointerType())
3097 return Diag(R.getBegin(),
3098 diag::err_invalid_conversion_between_vector_and_scalar)
3099 << DestTy << SrcTy << R;
Nate Begeman58d29a42009-06-26 00:50:28 +00003100 return false;
3101}
3102
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003103Action::OwningExprResult
Nate Begeman25b4fdb2009-08-09 17:55:44 +00003104Sema::ActOnCastExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc, TypeTy *Ty,
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003105 SourceLocation RParenLoc, ExprArg Op) {
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003106 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3107
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003108 assert((Ty != 0) && (Op.get() != 0) &&
3109 "ActOnCastExpr(): missing type or expr");
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003110
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00003111 Expr *castExpr = Op.takeAs<Expr>();
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003112 QualType castType = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(Ty);
Nate Begeman25b4fdb2009-08-09 17:55:44 +00003113
3114 // If the Expr being casted is a ParenListExpr, handle it specially.
3115 if (ParenListExpr *PE = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(castExpr))
3116 return ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(S, LParenLoc, RParenLoc, PE, castType);
Steve Naroff16beff82007-07-16 23:25:18 +00003117
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003118 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), castType, castExpr,
3119 Kind))
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003120 return ExprError();
Sebastian Redl9cc11e72009-07-25 15:41:38 +00003121 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(castType.getNonReferenceType(),
Anders Carlssoncdb61972009-08-07 22:21:05 +00003122 Kind, castExpr, castType,
3123 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003124}
3125
Nate Begeman25b4fdb2009-08-09 17:55:44 +00003126/// This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a sequence
3127/// of comma binary operators.
3128Action::OwningExprResult
3129Sema::ConvertParenListExpr(Scope *S, ParenListExpr *E) {
3130 OwningExprResult Result(*this, E->getExpr(0));
3131
3132 for (unsigned i = 1, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e && !Result.isInvalid(); ++i)
3133 Result = ActOnBinOp(S, E->getExprLoc(), tok::comma, move(Result),
3134 Owned(E->getExpr(i)));
3135 return move(Result);
3136}
3137
3138Action::OwningExprResult
3139Sema::ActOnCastOfParenListExpr(Scope *S, SourceLocation LParenLoc,
3140 SourceLocation RParenLoc,
3141 ParenListExpr *E, QualType Ty) {
3142 // If this is an altivec initializer, '(' type ')' '(' init, ..., init ')'
3143 // then handle it as such.
3144 if (getLangOptions().AltiVec && Ty->isVectorType()) {
3145 if (E->getNumExprs() == 0) {
3146 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_altivec_empty_initializer);
3147 return ExprError();
3148 }
3149
3150 llvm::SmallVector<Expr *, 8> initExprs;
3151 for (unsigned i = 0, e = E->getNumExprs(); i != e; ++i)
3152 initExprs.push_back(E->getExpr(i));
3153
3154 // FIXME: This means that pretty-printing the final AST will produce curly
3155 // braces instead of the original commas.
3156 InitListExpr *E = new (Context) InitListExpr(LParenLoc, &initExprs[0],
3157 initExprs.size(), RParenLoc);
3158 E->setType(Ty);
3159 return ActOnCompoundLiteral(LParenLoc, Ty.getAsOpaquePtr(), RParenLoc,
3160 Owned(E));
3161 } else {
3162 // This is not an AltiVec-style cast, so turn the ParenListExpr into a
3163 // sequence of BinOp comma operators.
3164 OwningExprResult Result = ConvertParenListExpr(S, E);
3165 Expr *castExpr = (Expr *)Result.get();
3166 CastExpr::CastKind Kind = CastExpr::CK_Unknown;
3167
3168 if (CheckCastTypes(SourceRange(LParenLoc, RParenLoc), Ty, castExpr, Kind))
3169 return ExprError();
3170
3171 return Owned(new (Context) CStyleCastExpr(Ty.getNonReferenceType(),
3172 CastExpr::CK_Unknown,
3173 Result.takeAs<Expr>(), Ty,
3174 LParenLoc, RParenLoc));
3175 }
3176}
3177
3178Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnParenListExpr(SourceLocation L,
3179 SourceLocation R,
3180 MultiExprArg Val) {
3181 unsigned nexprs = Val.size();
3182 Expr **exprs = reinterpret_cast<Expr**>(Val.release());
3183 assert((exprs != 0) && "ActOnParenListExpr() missing expr list");
3184 Expr *expr = new (Context) ParenListExpr(Context, L, exprs, nexprs, R);
3185 return Owned(expr);
3186}
3187
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00003188/// Note that lhs is not null here, even if this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension.
3189/// In that case, lhs = cond.
Chris Lattnera119a3b2009-02-18 04:38:20 +00003190/// C99 6.5.15
3191QualType Sema::CheckConditionalOperands(Expr *&Cond, Expr *&LHS, Expr *&RHS,
3192 SourceLocation QuestionLoc) {
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003193 // C++ is sufficiently different to merit its own checker.
3194 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus)
3195 return CXXCheckConditionalOperands(Cond, LHS, RHS, QuestionLoc);
3196
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003197 UsualUnaryConversions(Cond);
3198 UsualUnaryConversions(LHS);
3199 UsualUnaryConversions(RHS);
3200 QualType CondTy = Cond->getType();
3201 QualType LHSTy = LHS->getType();
3202 QualType RHSTy = RHS->getType();
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00003203
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003204 // first, check the condition.
Sebastian Redl3201f6b2009-04-16 17:51:27 +00003205 if (!CondTy->isScalarType()) { // C99 6.5.15p2
3206 Diag(Cond->getLocStart(), diag::err_typecheck_cond_expect_scalar)
3207 << CondTy;
3208 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003209 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003210
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003211 // Now check the two expressions.
Nate Begeman25b4fdb2009-08-09 17:55:44 +00003212 if (LHSTy->isVectorType() || RHSTy->isVectorType())
3213 return CheckVectorOperands(QuestionLoc, LHS, RHS);
Douglas Gregor898574e2008-12-05 23:32:09 +00003214
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003215 // If both operands have arithmetic type, do the usual arithmetic conversions
3216 // to find a common type: C99 6.5.15p3,5.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003217 if (LHSTy->isArithmeticType() && RHSTy->isArithmeticType()) {
3218 UsualArithmeticConversions(LHS, RHS);
3219 return LHS->getType();
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003220 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003221
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003222 // If both operands are the same structure or union type, the result is that
3223 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003224 if (const RecordType *LHSRT = LHSTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { // C99 6.5.15p3
3225 if (const RecordType *RHSRT = RHSTy->getAs<RecordType>())
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003226 if (LHSRT->getDecl() == RHSRT->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003227 // "If both the operands have structure or union type, the result has
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003228 // that type." This implies that CV qualifiers are dropped.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003229 return LHSTy.getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00003230 // FIXME: Type of conditional expression must be complete in C mode.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003231 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003232
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003233 // C99 6.5.15p5: "If both operands have void type, the result has void type."
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003234 // The following || allows only one side to be void (a GCC-ism).
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003235 if (LHSTy->isVoidType() || RHSTy->isVoidType()) {
3236 if (!LHSTy->isVoidType())
3237 Diag(RHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3238 << RHS->getSourceRange();
3239 if (!RHSTy->isVoidType())
3240 Diag(LHS->getLocStart(), diag::ext_typecheck_cond_one_void)
3241 << LHS->getSourceRange();
3242 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, Context.VoidTy);
3243 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, Context.VoidTy);
Eli Friedman0e724012008-06-04 19:47:51 +00003244 return Context.VoidTy;
Steve Naroffe701c0a2008-05-12 21:44:38 +00003245 }
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003246 // C99 6.5.15p6 - "if one operand is a null pointer constant, the result has
3247 // the type of the other operand."
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003248 if ((LHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || LHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003249 RHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3250 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3251 return LHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003252 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003253 if ((RHSTy->isAnyPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) &&
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003254 LHS->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3255 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the null to a pointer.
3256 return RHSTy;
Steve Naroffb6d54e52008-01-08 01:11:38 +00003257 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003258 // Handle block pointer types.
3259 if (LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3260 if (!LHSTy->isBlockPointerType() || !RHSTy->isBlockPointerType()) {
3261 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() || RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3262 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3263 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType);
3264 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType);
3265 return destType;
3266 }
3267 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3268 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3269 return QualType();
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003270 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003271 // We have 2 block pointer types.
3272 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3273 // Two identical block pointer types are always compatible.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003274 return LHSTy;
3275 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003276 // The block pointer types aren't identical, continue checking.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003277 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3278 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003279
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003280 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3281 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00003282 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3283 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3284 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3285 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3286 // to get a consistent AST.
3287 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3288 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3289 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3290 return incompatTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003291 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003292 // The block pointer types are compatible.
3293 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3294 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
Steve Naroff91588042009-04-08 17:05:15 +00003295 return LHSTy;
3296 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003297 // Check constraints for Objective-C object pointers types.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003298 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003299
3300 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3301 // Two identical object pointer types are always compatible.
3302 return LHSTy;
3303 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003304 const ObjCObjectPointerType *LHSOPT = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
3305 const ObjCObjectPointerType *RHSOPT = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003306 QualType compositeType = LHSTy;
3307
3308 // If both operands are interfaces and either operand can be
3309 // assigned to the other, use that type as the composite
3310 // type. This allows
3311 // xxx ? (A*) a : (B*) b
3312 // where B is a subclass of A.
3313 //
3314 // Additionally, as for assignment, if either type is 'id'
3315 // allow silent coercion. Finally, if the types are
3316 // incompatible then make sure to use 'id' as the composite
3317 // type so the result is acceptable for sending messages to.
3318
3319 // FIXME: Consider unifying with 'areComparableObjCPointerTypes'.
3320 // It could return the composite type.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003321 if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(LHSOPT, RHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003322 compositeType = LHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003323 } else if (Context.canAssignObjCInterfaces(RHSOPT, LHSOPT)) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003324 compositeType = RHSTy;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003325 } else if ((LHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType() ||
3326 RHSTy->isObjCQualifiedIdType()) &&
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003327 Context.ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible(LHSTy, RHSTy, true)) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003328 // Need to handle "id<xx>" explicitly.
3329 // GCC allows qualified id and any Objective-C type to devolve to
3330 // id. Currently localizing to here until clear this should be
3331 // part of ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible.
3332 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3333 } else if (LHSTy->isObjCIdType() || RHSTy->isObjCIdType()) {
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003334 compositeType = Context.getObjCIdType();
3335 } else {
3336 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3337 << LHSTy << RHSTy
3338 << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3339 QualType incompatTy = Context.getObjCIdType();
3340 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3341 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3342 return incompatTy;
3343 }
3344 // The object pointer types are compatible.
3345 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, compositeType);
3346 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, compositeType);
3347 return compositeType;
3348 }
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003349 // Check Objective-C object pointer types and 'void *'
3350 if (LHSTy->isVoidPointerType() && RHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003351 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003352 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
3353 QualType destPointee = lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3354 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3355 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3356 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3357 return destType;
3358 }
3359 if (LHSTy->isObjCObjectPointerType() && RHSTy->isVoidPointerType()) {
3360 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAsObjCObjectPointerType()->getPointeeType();
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003361 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroffc715e782009-07-29 15:09:39 +00003362 QualType destPointee = rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3363 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3364 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3365 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // promote to void*
3366 return destType;
3367 }
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003368 // Check constraints for C object pointers types (C99 6.5.15p3,6).
3369 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isPointerType()) {
3370 // get the "pointed to" types
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003371 QualType lhptee = LHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3372 QualType rhptee = RHSTy->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff7154a772009-07-01 14:36:47 +00003373
3374 // ignore qualifiers on void (C99 6.5.15p3, clause 6)
3375 if (lhptee->isVoidType() && rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3376 // Figure out necessary qualifiers (C99 6.5.15p6)
3377 QualType destPointee=lhptee.getQualifiedType(rhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3378 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3379 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3380 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3381 return destType;
3382 }
3383 if (rhptee->isVoidType() && lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType()) {
3384 QualType destPointee=rhptee.getQualifiedType(lhptee.getCVRQualifiers());
3385 QualType destType = Context.getPointerType(destPointee);
3386 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, destType); // add qualifiers if necessary
3387 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, destType); // promote to void*
3388 return destType;
3389 }
3390
3391 if (Context.getCanonicalType(LHSTy) == Context.getCanonicalType(RHSTy)) {
3392 // Two identical pointer types are always compatible.
3393 return LHSTy;
3394 }
3395 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee.getUnqualifiedType(),
3396 rhptee.getUnqualifiedType())) {
3397 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_incompatible_pointers)
3398 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3399 // In this situation, we assume void* type. No especially good
3400 // reason, but this is what gcc does, and we do have to pick
3401 // to get a consistent AST.
3402 QualType incompatTy = Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy);
3403 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, incompatTy);
3404 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, incompatTy);
3405 return incompatTy;
3406 }
3407 // The pointer types are compatible.
3408 // C99 6.5.15p6: If both operands are pointers to compatible types *or* to
3409 // differently qualified versions of compatible types, the result type is
3410 // a pointer to an appropriately qualified version of the *composite*
3411 // type.
3412 // FIXME: Need to calculate the composite type.
3413 // FIXME: Need to add qualifiers
3414 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, LHSTy);
3415 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy);
3416 return LHSTy;
3417 }
3418
3419 // GCC compatibility: soften pointer/integer mismatch.
3420 if (RHSTy->isPointerType() && LHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3421 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3422 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3423 ImpCastExprToType(LHS, RHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3424 return RHSTy;
3425 }
3426 if (LHSTy->isPointerType() && RHSTy->isIntegerType()) {
3427 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::warn_typecheck_cond_pointer_integer_mismatch)
3428 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
3429 ImpCastExprToType(RHS, LHSTy); // promote the integer to a pointer.
3430 return LHSTy;
3431 }
Daniel Dunbar5e155f02008-09-11 23:12:46 +00003432
Chris Lattner70d67a92008-01-06 22:42:25 +00003433 // Otherwise, the operands are not compatible.
Chris Lattnerefdc39d2009-02-18 04:28:32 +00003434 Diag(QuestionLoc, diag::err_typecheck_cond_incompatible_operands)
3435 << LHSTy << RHSTy << LHS->getSourceRange() << RHS->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003436 return QualType();
3437}
3438
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00003439/// ActOnConditionalOp - Parse a ?: operation. Note that 'LHS' may be null
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003440/// in the case of a the GNU conditional expr extension.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003441Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnConditionalOp(SourceLocation QuestionLoc,
3442 SourceLocation ColonLoc,
3443 ExprArg Cond, ExprArg LHS,
3444 ExprArg RHS) {
3445 Expr *CondExpr = (Expr *) Cond.get();
3446 Expr *LHSExpr = (Expr *) LHS.get(), *RHSExpr = (Expr *) RHS.get();
Chris Lattnera21ddb32007-11-26 01:40:58 +00003447
3448 // If this is the gnu "x ?: y" extension, analyze the types as though the LHS
3449 // was the condition.
3450 bool isLHSNull = LHSExpr == 0;
3451 if (isLHSNull)
3452 LHSExpr = CondExpr;
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003453
3454 QualType result = CheckConditionalOperands(CondExpr, LHSExpr,
Chris Lattner26824902007-07-16 21:39:03 +00003455 RHSExpr, QuestionLoc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003456 if (result.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00003457 return ExprError();
3458
3459 Cond.release();
3460 LHS.release();
3461 RHS.release();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003462 return Owned(new (Context) ConditionalOperator(CondExpr,
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00003463 isLHSNull ? 0 : LHSExpr,
3464 RHSExpr, result));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003465}
3466
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003467// CheckPointerTypesForAssignment - This is a very tricky routine (despite
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003468// being closely modeled after the C99 spec:-). The odd characteristic of this
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003469// routine is it effectively iqnores the qualifiers on the top level pointee.
3470// This circumvents the usual type rules specified in 6.2.7p1 & 6.7.5.[1-3].
3471// FIXME: add a couple examples in this comment.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003472Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003473Sema::CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
3474 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003475
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003476 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003477 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3478 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003479
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003480 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003481 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3482 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003483
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003484 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003485
3486 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: This following citation is common to constraints
3487 // 3 & 4 (below). ...and the type *pointed to* by the left has all the
3488 // qualifiers of the type *pointed to* by the right;
Fariborz Jahanianf11284a2009-02-17 18:27:45 +00003489 // FIXME: Handle ExtQualType
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003490 if (!lhptee.isAtLeastAsQualifiedAs(rhptee))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003491 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003492
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003493 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 4): If one operand is a pointer to an object or
3494 // incomplete type and the other is a pointer to a qualified or unqualified
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003495 // version of void...
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003496 if (lhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003497 if (rhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003498 return ConvTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003499
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003500 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003501 assert(rhptee->isFunctionType());
3502 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003503 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003504
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003505 if (rhptee->isVoidType()) {
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003506 if (lhptee->isIncompleteOrObjectType())
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003507 return ConvTy;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003508
3509 // As an extension, we allow cast to/from void* to function pointer.
Chris Lattnerd805bec2008-04-02 06:59:01 +00003510 assert(lhptee->isFunctionType());
3511 return FunctionVoidPointer;
Chris Lattnerbfe639e2008-01-03 22:56:36 +00003512 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003513 // C99 6.5.16.1p1 (constraint 3): both operands are pointers to qualified or
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003514 // unqualified versions of compatible types, ...
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00003515 lhptee = lhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3516 rhptee = rhptee.getUnqualifiedType();
3517 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee)) {
3518 // Check if the pointee types are compatible ignoring the sign.
3519 // We explicitly check for char so that we catch "char" vs
3520 // "unsigned char" on systems where "char" is unsigned.
3521 if (lhptee->isCharType()) {
3522 lhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3523 } else if (lhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3524 lhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(lhptee);
3525 }
3526 if (rhptee->isCharType()) {
3527 rhptee = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
3528 } else if (rhptee->isSignedIntegerType()) {
3529 rhptee = Context.getCorrespondingUnsignedType(rhptee);
3530 }
3531 if (lhptee == rhptee) {
3532 // Types are compatible ignoring the sign. Qualifier incompatibility
3533 // takes priority over sign incompatibility because the sign
3534 // warning can be disabled.
3535 if (ConvTy != Compatible)
3536 return ConvTy;
3537 return IncompatiblePointerSign;
3538 }
3539 // General pointer incompatibility takes priority over qualifiers.
3540 return IncompatiblePointer;
3541 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003542 return ConvTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003543}
3544
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003545/// CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment - This routine determines whether two
3546/// block pointer types are compatible or whether a block and normal pointer
3547/// are compatible. It is more restrict than comparing two function pointer
3548// types.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003549Sema::AssignConvertType
3550Sema::CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(QualType lhsType,
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003551 QualType rhsType) {
3552 QualType lhptee, rhptee;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003553
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003554 // get the "pointed to" type (ignoring qualifiers at the top level)
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003555 lhptee = lhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
3556 rhptee = rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003557
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003558 // make sure we operate on the canonical type
3559 lhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(lhptee);
3560 rhptee = Context.getCanonicalType(rhptee);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003561
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003562 AssignConvertType ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003563
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003564 // For blocks we enforce that qualifiers are identical.
3565 if (lhptee.getCVRQualifiers() != rhptee.getCVRQualifiers())
3566 ConvTy = CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003567
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00003568 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(lhptee, rhptee))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003569 return IncompatibleBlockPointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003570 return ConvTy;
3571}
3572
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003573/// CheckAssignmentConstraints (C99 6.5.16) - This routine currently
3574/// has code to accommodate several GCC extensions when type checking
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003575/// pointers. Here are some objectionable examples that GCC considers warnings:
3576///
3577/// int a, *pint;
3578/// short *pshort;
3579/// struct foo *pfoo;
3580///
3581/// pint = pshort; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3582/// a = pint; // warning: assignment makes integer from pointer without a cast
3583/// pint = a; // warning: assignment makes pointer from integer without a cast
3584/// pint = pfoo; // warning: assignment from incompatible pointer type
3585///
3586/// As a result, the code for dealing with pointers is more complex than the
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003587/// C99 spec dictates.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003588///
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003589Sema::AssignConvertType
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003590Sema::CheckAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, QualType rhsType) {
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003591 // Get canonical types. We're not formatting these types, just comparing
3592 // them.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003593 lhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(lhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
3594 rhsType = Context.getCanonicalType(rhsType).getUnqualifiedType();
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003595
3596 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Chris Lattnerd2656dd2008-01-07 17:51:46 +00003597 return Compatible; // Common case: fast path an exact match.
Steve Naroff700204c2007-07-24 21:46:40 +00003598
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003599 // If the left-hand side is a reference type, then we are in a
3600 // (rare!) case where we've allowed the use of references in C,
3601 // e.g., as a parameter type in a built-in function. In this case,
3602 // just make sure that the type referenced is compatible with the
3603 // right-hand side type. The caller is responsible for adjusting
3604 // lhsType so that the resulting expression does not have reference
3605 // type.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003606 if (const ReferenceType *lhsTypeRef = lhsType->getAs<ReferenceType>()) {
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003607 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsTypeRef->getPointeeType(), rhsType))
Anders Carlsson793680e2007-10-12 23:56:29 +00003608 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003609 return Incompatible;
Fariborz Jahanian411f3732007-12-19 17:45:58 +00003610 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003611 // Allow scalar to ExtVector assignments, and assignments of an ExtVector type
3612 // to the same ExtVector type.
3613 if (lhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3614 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType())
3615 return lhsType == rhsType ? Compatible : Incompatible;
3616 if (!rhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
3617 return Compatible;
3618 }
3619
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003620 if (lhsType->isVectorType() || rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003621 // If we are allowing lax vector conversions, and LHS and RHS are both
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003622 // vectors, the total size only needs to be the same. This is a bitcast;
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003623 // no bits are changed but the result type is different.
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003624 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions &&
3625 lhsType->isVectorType() && rhsType->isVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003626 if (Context.getTypeSize(lhsType) == Context.getTypeSize(rhsType))
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003627 return IncompatibleVectors;
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003628 }
3629 return Incompatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003630 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003631
Chris Lattnere8b3e962008-01-04 23:32:24 +00003632 if (lhsType->isArithmeticType() && rhsType->isArithmeticType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003633 return Compatible;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003634
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003635 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003636 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003637 return IntToPointer;
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003638
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003639 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003640 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003641
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003642 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003643 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003644 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3645 return Compatible;
3646 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003647 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003648 if (rhsType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()) {
3649 if (lhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003650 return Compatible;
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003651
3652 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003653 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && lhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003654 return Compatible;
3655 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003656 return Incompatible;
3657 }
3658
3659 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3660 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
Eli Friedmand8f4f432009-02-25 04:20:42 +00003661 return IntToBlockPointer;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003662
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003663 // Treat block pointers as objects.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003664 if (getLangOptions().ObjC1 && rhsType->isObjCIdType())
Steve Naroffb4406862008-09-29 18:10:17 +00003665 return Compatible;
3666
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003667 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3668 return CheckBlockPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003669
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003670 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003671 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003672 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00003673 }
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003674 return Incompatible;
3675 }
3676
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003677 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(lhsType)) {
3678 if (rhsType->isIntegerType())
3679 return IntToPointer;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003680
3681 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003682 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003683 if (rhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3684 return Compatible;
3685 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003686 }
3687 if (rhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
Steve Naroffde2e22d2009-07-15 18:40:39 +00003688 if (lhsType->isObjCBuiltinType() || rhsType->isObjCBuiltinType())
3689 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003690 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
3691 return Compatible;
Steve Naroff4084c302009-07-23 01:01:38 +00003692 if (lhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType() || rhsType->isObjCQualifiedIdType())
3693 return IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId;
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003694 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003695 }
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003696 if (const PointerType *RHSPT = rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003697 if (RHSPT->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
3698 return Compatible;
3699 }
3700 // Treat block pointers as objects.
3701 if (rhsType->isBlockPointerType())
3702 return Compatible;
3703 return Incompatible;
3704 }
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003705 if (isa<PointerType>(rhsType)) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003706 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003707 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3708 return Compatible;
3709
3710 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00003711 return PointerToInt;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003712
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003713 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003714 return CheckPointerTypesForAssignment(lhsType, rhsType);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003715
3716 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003717 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Douglas Gregor63a94902008-11-27 00:44:28 +00003718 return Compatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003719 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003720 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003721 if (isa<ObjCObjectPointerType>(rhsType)) {
3722 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is _Bool and the right is a pointer.
3723 if (lhsType == Context.BoolTy)
3724 return Compatible;
3725
3726 if (lhsType->isIntegerType())
3727 return PointerToInt;
3728
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003729 // In general, C pointers are not compatible with ObjC object pointers.
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003730 if (isa<PointerType>(lhsType)) {
Steve Naroff67ef8ea2009-07-20 17:56:53 +00003731 if (lhsType->isVoidPointerType()) // an exception to the rule.
3732 return Compatible;
3733 return IncompatiblePointer;
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003734 }
3735 if (isa<BlockPointerType>(lhsType) &&
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003736 rhsType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003737 return Compatible;
3738 return Incompatible;
3739 }
Eli Friedmanf8f873d2008-05-30 18:07:22 +00003740
Chris Lattnerfc144e22008-01-04 23:18:45 +00003741 if (isa<TagType>(lhsType) && isa<TagType>(rhsType)) {
Chris Lattner78eca282008-04-07 06:49:41 +00003742 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(lhsType, rhsType))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003743 return Compatible;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003744 }
3745 return Incompatible;
3746}
3747
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003748/// \brief Constructs a transparent union from an expression that is
3749/// used to initialize the transparent union.
3750static void ConstructTransparentUnion(ASTContext &C, Expr *&E,
3751 QualType UnionType, FieldDecl *Field) {
3752 // Build an initializer list that designates the appropriate member
3753 // of the transparent union.
3754 InitListExpr *Initializer = new (C) InitListExpr(SourceLocation(),
3755 &E, 1,
3756 SourceLocation());
3757 Initializer->setType(UnionType);
3758 Initializer->setInitializedFieldInUnion(Field);
3759
3760 // Build a compound literal constructing a value of the transparent
3761 // union type from this initializer list.
3762 E = new (C) CompoundLiteralExpr(SourceLocation(), UnionType, Initializer,
3763 false);
3764}
3765
3766Sema::AssignConvertType
3767Sema::CheckTransparentUnionArgumentConstraints(QualType ArgType, Expr *&rExpr) {
3768 QualType FromType = rExpr->getType();
3769
3770 // If the ArgType is a Union type, we want to handle a potential
3771 // transparent_union GCC extension.
3772 const RecordType *UT = ArgType->getAsUnionType();
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00003773 if (!UT || !UT->getDecl()->hasAttr<TransparentUnionAttr>())
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003774 return Incompatible;
3775
3776 // The field to initialize within the transparent union.
3777 RecordDecl *UD = UT->getDecl();
3778 FieldDecl *InitField = 0;
3779 // It's compatible if the expression matches any of the fields.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis17945a02009-06-30 02:36:12 +00003780 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator it = UD->field_begin(),
3781 itend = UD->field_end();
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003782 it != itend; ++it) {
3783 if (it->getType()->isPointerType()) {
3784 // If the transparent union contains a pointer type, we allow:
3785 // 1) void pointer
3786 // 2) null pointer constant
3787 if (FromType->isPointerType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00003788 if (FromType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType()->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003789 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3790 InitField = *it;
3791 break;
3792 }
3793
3794 if (rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
3795 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, it->getType());
3796 InitField = *it;
3797 break;
3798 }
3799 }
3800
3801 if (CheckAssignmentConstraints(it->getType(), rExpr->getType())
3802 == Compatible) {
3803 InitField = *it;
3804 break;
3805 }
3806 }
3807
3808 if (!InitField)
3809 return Incompatible;
3810
3811 ConstructTransparentUnion(Context, rExpr, ArgType, InitField);
3812 return Compatible;
3813}
3814
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003815Sema::AssignConvertType
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003816Sema::CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(QualType lhsType, Expr *&rExpr) {
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003817 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3818 if (!lhsType->isRecordType()) {
3819 // C++ 5.17p3: If the left operand is not of class type, the
3820 // expression is implicitly converted (C++ 4) to the
3821 // cv-unqualified type of the left operand.
Douglas Gregor45920e82008-12-19 17:40:08 +00003822 if (PerformImplicitConversion(rExpr, lhsType.getUnqualifiedType(),
3823 "assigning"))
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003824 return Incompatible;
Chris Lattner2c4463f2009-04-12 09:02:39 +00003825 return Compatible;
Douglas Gregor98cd5992008-10-21 23:43:52 +00003826 }
3827
3828 // FIXME: Currently, we fall through and treat C++ classes like C
3829 // structures.
3830 }
3831
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003832 // C99 6.5.16.1p1: the left operand is a pointer and the right is
3833 // a null pointer constant.
Steve Narofff7f52e72009-02-21 21:17:01 +00003834 if ((lhsType->isPointerType() ||
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003835 lhsType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003836 lhsType->isBlockPointerType())
Fariborz Jahanian9d3185e2008-01-03 18:46:52 +00003837 && rExpr->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00003838 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType);
Steve Naroff529a4ad2007-11-27 17:58:44 +00003839 return Compatible;
3840 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003841
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003842 // This check seems unnatural, however it is necessary to ensure the proper
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003843 // conversion of functions/arrays. If the conversion were done for all
Steve Naroff08d92e42007-09-15 18:49:24 +00003844 // DeclExpr's (created by ActOnIdentifierExpr), it would mess up the unary
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003845 // expressions that surpress this implicit conversion (&, sizeof).
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003846 //
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003847 // Suppress this for references: C++ 8.5.3p5.
Chris Lattner943140e2007-10-16 02:55:40 +00003848 if (!lhsType->isReferenceType())
3849 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(rExpr);
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003850
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00003851 Sema::AssignConvertType result =
3852 CheckAssignmentConstraints(lhsType, rExpr->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003853
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003854 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: The value of the right operand is converted to the
3855 // type of the assignment expression.
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003856 // CheckAssignmentConstraints allows the left-hand side to be a reference,
3857 // so that we can use references in built-in functions even in C.
3858 // The getNonReferenceType() call makes sure that the resulting expression
3859 // does not have reference type.
Douglas Gregor0c74e8a2009-04-29 22:16:16 +00003860 if (result != Incompatible && rExpr->getType() != lhsType)
Douglas Gregor9d293df2008-10-28 00:22:11 +00003861 ImpCastExprToType(rExpr, lhsType.getNonReferenceType());
Steve Narofff1120de2007-08-24 22:33:52 +00003862 return result;
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003863}
3864
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003865QualType Sema::InvalidOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003866 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_operands)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00003867 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003868 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00003869 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003870}
3871
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003872inline QualType Sema::CheckVectorOperands(SourceLocation Loc, Expr *&lex,
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003873 Expr *&rex) {
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003874 // For conversion purposes, we ignore any qualifiers.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003875 // For example, "const float" and "float" are equivalent.
Chris Lattnerb77792e2008-07-26 22:17:49 +00003876 QualType lhsType =
3877 Context.getCanonicalType(lex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
3878 QualType rhsType =
3879 Context.getCanonicalType(rex->getType()).getUnqualifiedType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003880
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003881 // If the vector types are identical, return.
Nate Begeman1330b0e2008-04-04 01:30:25 +00003882 if (lhsType == rhsType)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003883 return lhsType;
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003884
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003885 // Handle the case of a vector & extvector type of the same size and element
3886 // type. It would be nice if we only had one vector type someday.
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003887 if (getLangOptions().LaxVectorConversions) {
3888 // FIXME: Should we warn here?
3889 if (const VectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsVectorType()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003890 if (const VectorType *RV = rhsType->getAsVectorType())
3891 if (LV->getElementType() == RV->getElementType() &&
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003892 LV->getNumElements() == RV->getNumElements()) {
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00003893 return lhsType->isExtVectorType() ? lhsType : rhsType;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00003894 }
3895 }
3896 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003897
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003898 // Canonicalize the ExtVector to the LHS, remember if we swapped so we can
3899 // swap back (so that we don't reverse the inputs to a subtract, for instance.
3900 bool swapped = false;
3901 if (rhsType->isExtVectorType()) {
3902 swapped = true;
3903 std::swap(rex, lex);
3904 std::swap(rhsType, lhsType);
3905 }
3906
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003907 // Handle the case of an ext vector and scalar.
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003908 if (const ExtVectorType *LV = lhsType->getAsExtVectorType()) {
3909 QualType EltTy = LV->getElementType();
3910 if (EltTy->isIntegralType() && rhsType->isIntegralType()) {
3911 if (Context.getIntegerTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003912 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003913 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3914 return lhsType;
3915 }
3916 }
3917 if (EltTy->isRealFloatingType() && rhsType->isScalarType() &&
3918 rhsType->isRealFloatingType()) {
3919 if (Context.getFloatingTypeOrder(EltTy, rhsType) >= 0) {
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003920 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lhsType);
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003921 if (swapped) std::swap(rex, lex);
3922 return lhsType;
3923 }
Nate Begeman4119d1a2007-12-30 02:59:45 +00003924 }
3925 }
Nate Begeman1bd1f6e2009-06-28 02:36:38 +00003926
Nate Begemandde25982009-06-28 19:12:57 +00003927 // Vectors of different size or scalar and non-ext-vector are errors.
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003928 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_vector_not_convertable)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00003929 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00003930 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003931 return QualType();
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00003932}
3933
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003934inline QualType Sema::CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003935 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003936{
Daniel Dunbar69d1d002009-01-05 22:42:10 +00003937 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003938 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003939
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003940 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003941
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003942 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003943 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003944 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003945}
3946
3947inline QualType Sema::CheckRemainderOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003948 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003949{
Daniel Dunbar523aa602009-01-05 22:55:36 +00003950 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3951 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
3952 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3953 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3954 }
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00003955
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003956 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00003957
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00003958 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003959 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00003960 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003961}
3962
3963inline QualType Sema::CheckAdditionOperands( // C99 6.5.6
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003964 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003965{
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003966 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
3967 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
3968 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
3969 return compType;
3970 }
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00003971
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003972 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003973
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003974 // handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003975 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() &&
3976 rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
3977 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00003978 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00003979 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00003980
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003981 // Put any potential pointer into PExp
3982 Expr* PExp = lex, *IExp = rex;
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003983 if (IExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType())
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003984 std::swap(PExp, IExp);
3985
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00003986 if (PExp->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003987
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003988 if (IExp->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00003989 QualType PointeeTy = PExp->getType()->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00003990
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00003991 // Check for arithmetic on pointers to incomplete types.
3992 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003993 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
3994 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
Chris Lattnerfa25bbb2008-11-19 05:08:23 +00003995 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00003996 return QualType();
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00003997 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00003998
3999 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4000 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4001 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004002 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004003 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4004 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4005 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
4006 return QualType();
4007 }
4008
4009 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4010 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4011 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004012 } else {
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004013 // Check if we require a complete type.
4014 if (((PExp->getType()->isPointerType() &&
Steve Naroff9deaeca2009-07-13 21:32:29 +00004015 !PExp->getType()->isDependentType()) ||
Steve Naroff760e3c42009-07-13 21:20:41 +00004016 PExp->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) &&
4017 RequireCompleteType(Loc, PointeeTy,
4018 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4019 PExp->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4020 PExp->getType()))
4021 return QualType();
4022 }
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004023 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4024 if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4025 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4026 << PointeeTy << PExp->getSourceRange();
4027 return QualType();
4028 }
4029
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004030 if (CompLHSTy) {
4031 QualType LHSTy = lex->getType();
4032 if (LHSTy->isPromotableIntegerType())
4033 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004034 else {
4035 QualType T = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4036 if (!T.isNull())
4037 LHSTy = T;
4038 }
4039
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004040 *CompLHSTy = LHSTy;
4041 }
Eli Friedmand72d16e2008-05-18 18:08:51 +00004042 return PExp->getType();
4043 }
4044 }
4045
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004046 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004047}
4048
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004049// C99 6.5.6
4050QualType Sema::CheckSubtractionOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004051 SourceLocation Loc, QualType* CompLHSTy) {
4052 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType()) {
4053 QualType compType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
4054 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
4055 return compType;
4056 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004057
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004058 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, CompLHSTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004059
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004060 // Enforce type constraints: C99 6.5.6p3.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004061
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004062 // Handle the common case first (both operands are arithmetic).
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004063 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType()
4064 && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType()) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004065 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = compType;
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004066 return compType;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004067 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004068
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004069 // Either ptr - int or ptr - ptr.
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004070 if (lex->getType()->isAnyPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff430ee5a2009-07-13 17:19:15 +00004071 QualType lpointee = lex->getType()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004072
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004073 // The LHS must be an completely-defined object type.
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004074
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004075 bool ComplainAboutVoid = false;
4076 Expr *ComplainAboutFunc = 0;
4077 if (lpointee->isVoidType()) {
4078 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4079 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4080 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4081 return QualType();
4082 }
4083
4084 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to void
4085 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4086 } else if (lpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4087 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4088 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004089 << lex->getType() << lex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004090 return QualType();
4091 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004092
4093 // GNU C extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4094 ComplainAboutFunc = lex;
4095 } else if (!lpointee->isDependentType() &&
4096 RequireCompleteType(Loc, lpointee,
4097 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4098 lex->getSourceRange(),
4099 SourceRange(),
4100 lex->getType()))
4101 return QualType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004102
Chris Lattnerb5f15622009-04-24 23:50:08 +00004103 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4104 if (lpointee->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4105 Diag(Loc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4106 << lpointee << lex->getSourceRange();
4107 return QualType();
4108 }
4109
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004110 // The result type of a pointer-int computation is the pointer type.
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004111 if (rex->getType()->isIntegerType()) {
4112 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4113 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4114 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4115 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4116 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4117 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4118 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
4119
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004120 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004121 return lex->getType();
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004122 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004123
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004124 // Handle pointer-pointer subtractions.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004125 if (const PointerType *RHSPTy = rex->getType()->getAs<PointerType>()) {
Eli Friedman8e54ad02008-02-08 01:19:44 +00004126 QualType rpointee = RHSPTy->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004127
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004128 // RHS must be a completely-type object type.
4129 // Handle the GNU void* extension.
4130 if (rpointee->isVoidType()) {
4131 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4132 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4133 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4134 return QualType();
4135 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004136
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004137 ComplainAboutVoid = true;
4138 } else if (rpointee->isFunctionType()) {
4139 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4140 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004141 << rex->getType() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004142 return QualType();
4143 }
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004144
4145 // GNU extension: arithmetic on pointer to function
4146 if (!ComplainAboutFunc)
4147 ComplainAboutFunc = rex;
4148 } else if (!rpointee->isDependentType() &&
4149 RequireCompleteType(Loc, rpointee,
4150 diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_object,
4151 rex->getSourceRange(),
4152 SourceRange(),
4153 rex->getType()))
4154 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004155
Eli Friedman88d936b2009-05-16 13:54:38 +00004156 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4157 // Pointee types must be the same: C++ [expr.add]
4158 if (!Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(lpointee, rpointee)) {
4159 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4160 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4161 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4162 return QualType();
4163 }
4164 } else {
4165 // Pointee types must be compatible C99 6.5.6p3
4166 if (!Context.typesAreCompatible(
4167 Context.getCanonicalType(lpointee).getUnqualifiedType(),
4168 Context.getCanonicalType(rpointee).getUnqualifiedType())) {
4169 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_sub_ptr_compatible)
4170 << lex->getType() << rex->getType()
4171 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4172 return QualType();
4173 }
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004174 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004175
Douglas Gregore7450f52009-03-24 19:52:54 +00004176 if (ComplainAboutVoid)
4177 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr)
4178 << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4179 if (ComplainAboutFunc)
4180 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
4181 << ComplainAboutFunc->getType()
4182 << ComplainAboutFunc->getSourceRange();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004183
4184 if (CompLHSTy) *CompLHSTy = lex->getType();
Chris Lattner6e4ab612007-12-09 21:53:25 +00004185 return Context.getPointerDiffType();
4186 }
4187 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004188
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004189 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004190}
4191
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004192// C99 6.5.7
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004193QualType Sema::CheckShiftOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Chris Lattnereca7be62008-04-07 05:30:13 +00004194 bool isCompAssign) {
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004195 // C99 6.5.7p2: Each of the operands shall have integer type.
4196 if (!lex->getType()->isIntegerType() || !rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004197 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004198
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004199 // Shifts don't perform usual arithmetic conversions, they just do integer
4200 // promotions on each operand. C99 6.5.7p3
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004201 QualType LHSTy;
4202 if (lex->getType()->isPromotableIntegerType())
4203 LHSTy = Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004204 else {
4205 LHSTy = isPromotableBitField(lex, Context);
4206 if (LHSTy.isNull())
4207 LHSTy = lex->getType();
4208 }
Chris Lattner1dcf2c82007-12-13 07:28:16 +00004209 if (!isCompAssign)
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004210 ImpCastExprToType(lex, LHSTy);
4211
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004212 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004213
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004214 // Sanity-check shift operands
4215 llvm::APSInt Right;
4216 // Check right/shifter operand
4217 if (rex->isIntegerConstantExpr(Right, Context)) {
Ryan Flynn8045c732009-08-08 19:18:23 +00004218 if (Right.isNegative())
Ryan Flynnd0439682009-08-07 16:20:20 +00004219 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_negative) << rex->getSourceRange();
4220 else {
4221 llvm::APInt LeftBits(Right.getBitWidth(),
4222 Context.getTypeSize(lex->getType()));
4223 if (Right.uge(LeftBits))
4224 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_shift_gt_typewidth) << rex->getSourceRange();
4225 }
4226 }
4227
Chris Lattnerca5eede2007-12-12 05:47:28 +00004228 // "The type of the result is that of the promoted left operand."
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00004229 return LHSTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004230}
4231
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004232// C99 6.5.8, C++ [expr.rel]
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004233QualType Sema::CheckCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc,
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004234 unsigned OpaqueOpc, bool isRelational) {
4235 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)OpaqueOpc;
4236
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004237 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004238 return CheckVectorCompareOperands(lex, rex, Loc, isRelational);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004239
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004240 // C99 6.5.8p3 / C99 6.5.9p4
Steve Naroff30bf7712007-08-10 18:26:40 +00004241 if (lex->getType()->isArithmeticType() && rex->getType()->isArithmeticType())
4242 UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex);
4243 else {
4244 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4245 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
4246 }
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004247 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4248 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004249
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004250 if (!lType->isFloatingType()
4251 && !(lType->isBlockPointerType() && isRelational)) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004252 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4253 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4254 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
Ted Kremenek9ecede72009-03-20 19:57:37 +00004255 // NOTE: Don't warn about comparisons of enum constants. These can arise
4256 // from macro expansions, and are usually quite deliberate.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004257 Expr *LHSStripped = lex->IgnoreParens();
4258 Expr *RHSStripped = rex->IgnoreParens();
4259 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(LHSStripped))
4260 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(RHSStripped))
Ted Kremenekb82dcd82009-03-20 18:35:45 +00004261 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl() &&
4262 !isa<EnumConstantDecl>(DRL->getDecl()))
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004263 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004264
4265 if (isa<CastExpr>(LHSStripped))
4266 LHSStripped = LHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4267 if (isa<CastExpr>(RHSStripped))
4268 RHSStripped = RHSStripped->IgnoreParenCasts();
4269
4270 // Warn about comparisons against a string constant (unless the other
4271 // operand is null), the user probably wants strcmp.
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004272 Expr *literalString = 0;
4273 Expr *literalStringStripped = 0;
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004274 if ((isa<StringLiteral>(LHSStripped) || isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(LHSStripped)) &&
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004275 !RHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
4276 literalString = lex;
4277 literalStringStripped = LHSStripped;
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00004278 } else if ((isa<StringLiteral>(RHSStripped) ||
4279 isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(RHSStripped)) &&
4280 !LHSStripped->isNullPointerConstant(Context)) {
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004281 literalString = rex;
4282 literalStringStripped = RHSStripped;
4283 }
4284
4285 if (literalString) {
4286 std::string resultComparison;
4287 switch (Opc) {
4288 case BinaryOperator::LT: resultComparison = ") < 0"; break;
4289 case BinaryOperator::GT: resultComparison = ") > 0"; break;
4290 case BinaryOperator::LE: resultComparison = ") <= 0"; break;
4291 case BinaryOperator::GE: resultComparison = ") >= 0"; break;
4292 case BinaryOperator::EQ: resultComparison = ") == 0"; break;
4293 case BinaryOperator::NE: resultComparison = ") != 0"; break;
4294 default: assert(false && "Invalid comparison operator");
4295 }
4296 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_stringcompare)
4297 << isa<ObjCEncodeExpr>(literalStringStripped)
4298 << literalString->getSourceRange()
Douglas Gregora3a83512009-04-01 23:51:29 +00004299 << CodeModificationHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(Loc), ", ")
4300 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(lex->getLocStart(),
4301 "strcmp(")
4302 << CodeModificationHint::CreateInsertion(
4303 PP.getLocForEndOfToken(rex->getLocEnd()),
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00004304 resultComparison);
4305 }
Ted Kremenek3ca0bf22007-10-29 16:58:49 +00004306 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004307
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004308 // The result of comparisons is 'bool' in C++, 'int' in C.
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004309 QualType ResultTy = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus? Context.BoolTy :Context.IntTy;
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004310
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004311 if (isRelational) {
4312 if (lType->isRealType() && rType->isRealType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004313 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004314 } else {
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004315 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
Ted Kremenek72cb1ae2007-10-29 17:13:39 +00004316 if (lType->isFloatingType()) {
Chris Lattner55660a72009-03-08 19:39:53 +00004317 assert(rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004318 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Ted Kremenek6a261552007-10-29 16:40:01 +00004319 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004320
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004321 if (lType->isArithmeticType() && rType->isArithmeticType())
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004322 return ResultTy;
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004323 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004324
Chris Lattnerd28f8152007-08-26 01:10:14 +00004325 bool LHSIsNull = lex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
4326 bool RHSIsNull = rex->isNullPointerConstant(Context);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004327
Chris Lattnera5937dd2007-08-26 01:18:55 +00004328 // All of the following pointer related warnings are GCC extensions, except
4329 // when handling null pointer constants. One day, we can consider making them
4330 // errors (when -pedantic-errors is enabled).
Steve Naroff77878cc2007-08-27 04:08:11 +00004331 if (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isPointerType()) { // C99 6.5.8p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004332 QualType LCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004333 Context.getCanonicalType(lType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004334 QualType RCanPointeeTy =
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004335 Context.getCanonicalType(rType->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004336
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004337 if (isRelational) {
4338 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() || rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004339 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_function_pointers)
4340 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4341 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004342 if (LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() != RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
4343 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4344 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4345 }
4346 } else {
4347 if (lType->isFunctionPointerType() != rType->isFunctionPointerType()) {
4348 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull)
4349 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4350 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4351 }
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004352 }
Douglas Gregorf9334372009-07-06 20:14:23 +00004353
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004354 // Simple check: if the pointee types are identical, we're done.
4355 if (LCanPointeeTy == RCanPointeeTy)
4356 return ResultTy;
4357
4358 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4359 // C++ [expr.rel]p2:
4360 // [...] Pointer conversions (4.10) and qualification
4361 // conversions (4.4) are performed on pointer operands (or on
4362 // a pointer operand and a null pointer constant) to bring
4363 // them to their composite pointer type. [...]
4364 //
4365 // C++ [expr.eq]p2 uses the same notion for (in)equality
4366 // comparisons of pointers.
Douglas Gregorde866f32009-05-05 04:50:50 +00004367 QualType T = FindCompositePointerType(lex, rex);
Douglas Gregor0c6db942009-05-04 06:07:12 +00004368 if (T.isNull()) {
4369 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4370 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4371 return QualType();
4372 }
4373
4374 ImpCastExprToType(lex, T);
4375 ImpCastExprToType(rex, T);
4376 return ResultTy;
4377 }
4378
Steve Naroff66296cb2007-11-13 14:57:38 +00004379 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull && // C99 6.5.9p2
Chris Lattnerbc896f52008-04-03 05:07:25 +00004380 !LCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() && !RCanPointeeTy->isVoidType() &&
4381 !Context.typesAreCompatible(LCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType(),
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004382 RCanPointeeTy.getUnqualifiedType())) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004383 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004384 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004385 }
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004386 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004387 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004388 }
Sebastian Redl6e8ed162009-05-10 18:38:11 +00004389 // C++ allows comparison of pointers with null pointer constants.
4390 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4391 if (lType->isPointerType() && RHSIsNull) {
4392 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
4393 return ResultTy;
4394 }
4395 if (rType->isPointerType() && LHSIsNull) {
4396 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType);
4397 return ResultTy;
4398 }
4399 // And comparison of nullptr_t with itself.
4400 if (lType->isNullPtrType() && rType->isNullPtrType())
4401 return ResultTy;
4402 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004403 // Handle block pointer types.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004404 if (!isRelational && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004405 QualType lpointee = lType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
4406 QualType rpointee = rType->getAs<BlockPointerType>()->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004407
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004408 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull &&
Eli Friedman26784c12009-06-08 05:08:54 +00004409 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lpointee, rpointee)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004410 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004411 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004412 }
4413 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004414 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004415 }
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004416 // Allow block pointers to be compared with null pointer constants.
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004417 if (!isRelational
4418 && ((lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isPointerType())
4419 || (lType->isPointerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()))) {
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004420 if (!LHSIsNull && !RHSIsNull) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004421 if (!((rType->isPointerType() && rType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004422 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004423 || (lType->isPointerType() && lType->getAs<PointerType>()
Mike Stumpdd3e1662009-05-07 03:14:14 +00004424 ->getPointeeType()->isVoidType())))
4425 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_blocks)
4426 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004427 }
4428 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the pointer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004429 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff59f53942008-09-28 01:11:11 +00004430 }
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00004431
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004432 if ((lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || rType->isObjCObjectPointerType())) {
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004433 if (lType->isPointerType() || rType->isPointerType()) {
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004434 const PointerType *LPT = lType->getAs<PointerType>();
4435 const PointerType *RPT = rType->getAs<PointerType>();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004436 bool LPtrToVoid = LPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004437 Context.getCanonicalType(LPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004438 bool RPtrToVoid = RPT ?
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004439 Context.getCanonicalType(RPT->getPointeeType())->isVoidType() : false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004440
Steve Naroffa8069f12008-11-17 19:49:16 +00004441 if (!LPtrToVoid && !RPtrToVoid &&
4442 !Context.typesAreCompatible(lType, rType)) {
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004443 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004444 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffa5ad8632008-10-27 10:33:19 +00004445 }
Daniel Dunbarc6cb77f2008-10-23 23:30:52 +00004446 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004447 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff87f3b932008-10-20 18:19:10 +00004448 }
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004449 if (lType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && rType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
4450 if (!Context.areComparableObjCPointerTypes(lType, rType)) {
4451 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_distinct_pointers)
4452 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4453 }
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004454 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType);
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004455 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff20373222008-06-03 14:04:54 +00004456 }
Fariborz Jahanian7359f042007-12-20 01:06:58 +00004457 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004458 if (lType->isAnyPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004459 if (isRelational)
4460 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4461 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4462 else if (!RHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004463 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004464 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004465 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004466 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroffe77fd3c2007-08-16 21:48:38 +00004467 }
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004468 if (lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isAnyPointerType()) {
Chris Lattner149f1382009-06-30 06:24:05 +00004469 if (isRelational)
4470 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_ordered_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
4471 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
4472 else if (!LHSIsNull)
Chris Lattnerc9c7c4e2008-11-18 22:52:51 +00004473 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_typecheck_comparison_of_pointer_integer)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004474 << lType << rType << lex->getSourceRange() << rex->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner1e0a3902008-01-16 19:17:22 +00004475 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004476 return ResultTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004477 }
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004478 // Handle block pointers.
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004479 if (!isRelational && RHSIsNull
4480 && lType->isBlockPointerType() && rType->isIntegerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004481 ImpCastExprToType(rex, lType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004482 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004483 }
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00004484 if (!isRelational && LHSIsNull
4485 && lType->isIntegerType() && rType->isBlockPointerType()) {
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004486 ImpCastExprToType(lex, rType); // promote the integer to pointer
Douglas Gregor447b69e2008-11-19 03:25:36 +00004487 return ResultTy;
Steve Naroff39218df2008-09-04 16:56:14 +00004488 }
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004489 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004490}
4491
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004492/// CheckVectorCompareOperands - vector comparisons are a clang extension that
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004493/// operates on extended vector types. Instead of producing an IntTy result,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004494/// like a scalar comparison, a vector comparison produces a vector of integer
4495/// types.
4496QualType Sema::CheckVectorCompareOperands(Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex,
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004497 SourceLocation Loc,
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004498 bool isRelational) {
4499 // Check to make sure we're operating on vectors of the same type and width,
4500 // Allowing one side to be a scalar of element type.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004501 QualType vType = CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004502 if (vType.isNull())
4503 return vType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004504
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004505 QualType lType = lex->getType();
4506 QualType rType = rex->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004507
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004508 // For non-floating point types, check for self-comparisons of the form
4509 // x == x, x != x, x < x, etc. These always evaluate to a constant, and
4510 // often indicate logic errors in the program.
4511 if (!lType->isFloatingType()) {
4512 if (DeclRefExpr* DRL = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(lex->IgnoreParens()))
4513 if (DeclRefExpr* DRR = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(rex->IgnoreParens()))
4514 if (DRL->getDecl() == DRR->getDecl())
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004515 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_selfcomparison);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004516 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004517
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004518 // Check for comparisons of floating point operands using != and ==.
4519 if (!isRelational && lType->isFloatingType()) {
4520 assert (rType->isFloatingType());
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004521 CheckFloatComparison(Loc,lex,rex);
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004522 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004523
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004524 // Return the type for the comparison, which is the same as vector type for
4525 // integer vectors, or an integer type of identical size and number of
4526 // elements for floating point vectors.
4527 if (lType->isIntegerType())
4528 return lType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004529
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004530 const VectorType *VTy = lType->getAsVectorType();
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004531 unsigned TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(VTy->getElementType());
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004532 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy))
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004533 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.IntTy, VTy->getNumElements());
Chris Lattnerd013aa12009-03-31 07:46:52 +00004534 if (TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongTy))
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004535 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4536
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004537 assert(TypeSize == Context.getTypeSize(Context.LongLongTy) &&
Nate Begeman59b5da62009-01-18 03:20:47 +00004538 "Unhandled vector element size in vector compare");
Nate Begemanbe2341d2008-07-14 18:02:46 +00004539 return Context.getExtVectorType(Context.LongLongTy, VTy->getNumElements());
4540}
4541
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004542inline QualType Sema::CheckBitwiseOperands(
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004543 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc, bool isCompAssign)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004544{
Steve Naroff3e5e5562007-07-16 22:23:01 +00004545 if (lex->getType()->isVectorType() || rex->getType()->isVectorType())
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004546 return CheckVectorOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Steve Naroff90045e82007-07-13 23:32:42 +00004547
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004548 QualType compType = UsualArithmeticConversions(lex, rex, isCompAssign);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004549
Steve Naroffa4332e22007-07-17 00:58:39 +00004550 if (lex->getType()->isIntegerType() && rex->getType()->isIntegerType())
Steve Naroff9f5fa9b2007-08-24 19:07:16 +00004551 return compType;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004552 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004553}
4554
4555inline QualType Sema::CheckLogicalOperands( // C99 6.5.[13,14]
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004556 Expr *&lex, Expr *&rex, SourceLocation Loc)
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004557{
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00004558 UsualUnaryConversions(lex);
4559 UsualUnaryConversions(rex);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004560
Eli Friedman5773a6c2008-05-13 20:16:47 +00004561 if (lex->getType()->isScalarType() && rex->getType()->isScalarType())
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004562 return Context.IntTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004563 return InvalidOperands(Loc, lex, rex);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004564}
4565
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004566/// IsReadonlyProperty - Verify that otherwise a valid l-value expression
4567/// is a read-only property; return true if so. A readonly property expression
4568/// depends on various declarations and thus must be treated specially.
4569///
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004570static bool IsReadonlyProperty(Expr *E, Sema &S)
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004571{
4572 if (E->getStmtClass() == Expr::ObjCPropertyRefExprClass) {
4573 const ObjCPropertyRefExpr* PropExpr = cast<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(E);
4574 if (ObjCPropertyDecl *PDecl = PropExpr->getProperty()) {
4575 QualType BaseType = PropExpr->getBase()->getType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004576 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT =
4577 BaseType->getAsObjCInterfacePointerType())
4578 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IFace = OPT->getInterfaceDecl())
4579 if (S.isPropertyReadonly(PDecl, IFace))
4580 return true;
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004581 }
4582 }
4583 return false;
4584}
4585
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004586/// CheckForModifiableLvalue - Verify that E is a modifiable lvalue. If not,
4587/// emit an error and return true. If so, return false.
4588static bool CheckForModifiableLvalue(Expr *E, SourceLocation Loc, Sema &S) {
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004589 SourceLocation OrigLoc = Loc;
4590 Expr::isModifiableLvalueResult IsLV = E->isModifiableLvalue(S.Context,
4591 &Loc);
Fariborz Jahaniand1fa6442009-01-12 19:55:42 +00004592 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid && IsReadonlyProperty(E, S))
4593 IsLV = Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004594 if (IsLV == Expr::MLV_Valid)
4595 return false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004596
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004597 unsigned Diag = 0;
4598 bool NeedType = false;
4599 switch (IsLV) { // C99 6.5.16p2
4600 default: assert(0 && "Unknown result from isModifiableLvalue!");
4601 case Expr::MLV_ConstQualified: Diag = diag::err_typecheck_assign_const; break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004602 case Expr::MLV_ArrayType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004603 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_array_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4604 NeedType = true;
4605 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004606 case Expr::MLV_NotObjectType:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004607 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_non_object_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4608 NeedType = true;
4609 break;
Chris Lattnerca354fa2008-11-17 19:51:54 +00004610 case Expr::MLV_LValueCast:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004611 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_lvalue_casts_not_supported;
4612 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004613 case Expr::MLV_InvalidExpression:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004614 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_expression_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4615 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004616 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteType:
4617 case Expr::MLV_IncompleteVoidType:
Douglas Gregor86447ec2009-03-09 16:13:40 +00004618 return S.RequireCompleteType(Loc, E->getType(),
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004619 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_type_not_modifiable_lvalue,
4620 E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004621 case Expr::MLV_DuplicateVectorComponents:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004622 Diag = diag::err_typecheck_duplicate_vector_components_not_mlvalue;
4623 break;
Steve Naroff4f6a7d72008-09-26 14:41:28 +00004624 case Expr::MLV_NotBlockQualified:
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004625 Diag = diag::err_block_decl_ref_not_modifiable_lvalue;
4626 break;
Fariborz Jahanian5daf5702008-11-22 18:39:36 +00004627 case Expr::MLV_ReadonlyProperty:
4628 Diag = diag::error_readonly_property_assignment;
4629 break;
Fariborz Jahanianba8d2d62008-11-22 20:25:50 +00004630 case Expr::MLV_NoSetterProperty:
4631 Diag = diag::error_nosetter_property_assignment;
4632 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004633 }
Steve Naroffd1861fd2007-07-31 12:34:36 +00004634
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004635 SourceRange Assign;
4636 if (Loc != OrigLoc)
4637 Assign = SourceRange(OrigLoc, OrigLoc);
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004638 if (NeedType)
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004639 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getType() << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004640 else
Daniel Dunbar44e35f72009-04-15 00:08:05 +00004641 S.Diag(Loc, Diag) << E->getSourceRange() << Assign;
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004642 return true;
4643}
4644
4645
4646
4647// C99 6.5.16.1
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004648QualType Sema::CheckAssignmentOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS,
4649 SourceLocation Loc,
4650 QualType CompoundType) {
4651 // Verify that LHS is a modifiable lvalue, and emit error if not.
4652 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(LHS, Loc, *this))
Chris Lattnerf67bd9f2008-11-18 01:22:49 +00004653 return QualType();
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004654
4655 QualType LHSType = LHS->getType();
4656 QualType RHSType = CompoundType.isNull() ? RHS->getType() : CompoundType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004657
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004658 AssignConvertType ConvTy;
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004659 if (CompoundType.isNull()) {
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004660 // Simple assignment "x = y".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004661 ConvTy = CheckSingleAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHS);
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004662 // Special case of NSObject attributes on c-style pointer types.
4663 if (ConvTy == IncompatiblePointer &&
4664 ((Context.isObjCNSObjectType(LHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004665 RHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) ||
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004666 (Context.isObjCNSObjectType(RHSType) &&
Steve Narofff4954562009-07-16 15:41:00 +00004667 LHSType->isObjCObjectPointerType())))
Fariborz Jahanianfa23c1d2009-01-13 23:34:40 +00004668 ConvTy = Compatible;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004669
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004670 // If the RHS is a unary plus or minus, check to see if they = and + are
4671 // right next to each other. If so, the user may have typo'd "x =+ 4"
4672 // instead of "x += 4".
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004673 Expr *RHSCheck = RHS;
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004674 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(RHSCheck))
4675 RHSCheck = ICE->getSubExpr();
4676 if (UnaryOperator *UO = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(RHSCheck)) {
4677 if ((UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ||
4678 UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Minus) &&
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004679 Loc.isFileID() && UO->getOperatorLoc().isFileID() &&
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004680 // Only if the two operators are exactly adjacent.
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004681 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(1) == UO->getOperatorLoc() &&
4682 // And there is a space or other character before the subexpr of the
4683 // unary +/-. We don't want to warn on "x=-1".
Chris Lattner3e872092009-03-09 07:11:10 +00004684 Loc.getFileLocWithOffset(2) != UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart() &&
4685 UO->getSubExpr()->getLocStart().isFileID()) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004686 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_not_compound_assign)
4687 << (UO->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Plus ? "+" : "-")
4688 << SourceRange(UO->getOperatorLoc(), UO->getOperatorLoc());
Chris Lattner399bd1b2009-03-08 06:51:10 +00004689 }
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004690 }
4691 } else {
4692 // Compound assignment "x += y"
Eli Friedman623712b2009-05-16 05:56:02 +00004693 ConvTy = CheckAssignmentConstraints(LHSType, RHSType);
Chris Lattner2c156472008-08-21 18:04:13 +00004694 }
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004695
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004696 if (DiagnoseAssignmentResult(ConvTy, Loc, LHSType, RHSType,
4697 RHS, "assigning"))
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00004698 return QualType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004699
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004700 // C99 6.5.16p3: The type of an assignment expression is the type of the
4701 // left operand unless the left operand has qualified type, in which case
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004702 // it is the unqualified version of the type of the left operand.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004703 // C99 6.5.16.1p2: In simple assignment, the value of the right operand
4704 // is converted to the type of the assignment expression (above).
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00004705 // C++ 5.17p1: the type of the assignment expression is that of its left
Douglas Gregor2d833e32009-05-02 00:36:19 +00004706 // operand.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004707 return LHSType.getUnqualifiedType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004708}
4709
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004710// C99 6.5.17
4711QualType Sema::CheckCommaOperands(Expr *LHS, Expr *&RHS, SourceLocation Loc) {
Chris Lattner53fcaa92008-07-25 20:54:07 +00004712 // Comma performs lvalue conversion (C99 6.3.2.1), but not unary conversions.
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004713 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(RHS);
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00004714
4715 // FIXME: Check that RHS type is complete in C mode (it's legal for it to be
4716 // incomplete in C++).
4717
Chris Lattner29a1cfb2008-11-18 01:30:42 +00004718 return RHS->getType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004719}
4720
Steve Naroff49b45262007-07-13 16:58:59 +00004721/// CheckIncrementDecrementOperand - unlike most "Check" methods, this routine
4722/// doesn't need to call UsualUnaryConversions or UsualArithmeticConversions.
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004723QualType Sema::CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc,
4724 bool isInc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004725 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4726 return Context.DependentTy;
4727
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004728 QualType ResType = Op->getType();
4729 assert(!ResType.isNull() && "no type for increment/decrement expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004730
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00004731 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && ResType->isBooleanType()) {
4732 // Decrement of bool is not allowed.
4733 if (!isInc) {
4734 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_decrement_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4735 return QualType();
4736 }
4737 // Increment of bool sets it to true, but is deprecated.
4738 Diag(OpLoc, diag::warn_increment_bool) << Op->getSourceRange();
4739 } else if (ResType->isRealType()) {
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004740 // OK!
Steve Naroff58f9f2c2009-07-14 18:25:06 +00004741 } else if (ResType->isAnyPointerType()) {
4742 QualType PointeeTy = ResType->getPointeeType();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004743
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004744 // C99 6.5.2.4p2, 6.5.6p2
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004745 if (PointeeTy->isVoidType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004746 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4747 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_void_type)
4748 << Op->getSourceRange();
4749 return QualType();
4750 }
4751
4752 // Pointer to void is a GNU extension in C.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004753 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_void_ptr) << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004754 } else if (PointeeTy->isFunctionType()) {
Douglas Gregorc983b862009-01-23 00:36:41 +00004755 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
4756 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_pointer_arith_function_type)
4757 << Op->getType() << Op->getSourceRange();
4758 return QualType();
4759 }
4760
4761 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_gnu_ptr_func_arith)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004762 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004763 } else if (RequireCompleteType(OpLoc, PointeeTy,
Douglas Gregor8dcb29d2009-03-24 20:13:58 +00004764 diag::err_typecheck_arithmetic_incomplete_type,
4765 Op->getSourceRange(), SourceRange(),
4766 ResType))
Douglas Gregor4ec339f2009-01-19 19:26:10 +00004767 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian9f8a04f2009-07-16 17:59:14 +00004768 // Diagnose bad cases where we step over interface counts.
4769 else if (PointeeTy->isObjCInterfaceType() && LangOpts.ObjCNonFragileABI) {
4770 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_arithmetic_nonfragile_interface)
4771 << PointeeTy << Op->getSourceRange();
4772 return QualType();
4773 }
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004774 } else if (ResType->isComplexType()) {
4775 // C99 does not support ++/-- on complex types, we allow as an extension.
4776 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_increment_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004777 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004778 } else {
4779 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_illegal_increment_decrement)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00004780 << ResType << Op->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004781 return QualType();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004782 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004783 // At this point, we know we have a real, complex or pointer type.
Steve Naroffdd10e022007-08-23 21:37:33 +00004784 // Now make sure the operand is a modifiable lvalue.
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004785 if (CheckForModifiableLvalue(Op, OpLoc, *this))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004786 return QualType();
Chris Lattner3528d352008-11-21 07:05:48 +00004787 return ResType;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004788}
4789
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004790/// getPrimaryDecl - Helper function for CheckAddressOfOperand().
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004791/// This routine allows us to typecheck complex/recursive expressions
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004792/// where the declaration is needed for type checking. We only need to
4793/// handle cases when the expression references a function designator
4794/// or is an lvalue. Here are some examples:
4795/// - &(x) => x
4796/// - &*****f => f for f a function designator.
4797/// - &s.xx => s
4798/// - &s.zz[1].yy -> s, if zz is an array
4799/// - *(x + 1) -> x, if x is an array
4800/// - &"123"[2] -> 0
4801/// - & __real__ x -> x
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004802static NamedDecl *getPrimaryDecl(Expr *E) {
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004803 switch (E->getStmtClass()) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004804 case Stmt::DeclRefExprClass:
Douglas Gregor1a49af92009-01-06 05:10:23 +00004805 case Stmt::QualifiedDeclRefExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004806 return cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)->getDecl();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004807 case Stmt::MemberExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004808 // If this is an arrow operator, the address is an offset from
4809 // the base's value, so the object the base refers to is
4810 // irrelevant.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004811 if (cast<MemberExpr>(E)->isArrow())
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004812 return 0;
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004813 // Otherwise, the expression refers to a part of the base
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004814 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<MemberExpr>(E)->getBase());
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004815 case Stmt::ArraySubscriptExprClass: {
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00004816 // FIXME: This code shouldn't be necessary! We should catch the implicit
4817 // promotion of register arrays earlier.
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004818 Expr* Base = cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(E)->getBase();
4819 if (ImplicitCastExpr* ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(Base)) {
4820 if (ICE->getSubExpr()->getType()->isArrayType())
4821 return getPrimaryDecl(ICE->getSubExpr());
4822 }
4823 return 0;
Anders Carlsson369dee42008-02-01 07:15:58 +00004824 }
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004825 case Stmt::UnaryOperatorClass: {
4826 UnaryOperator *UO = cast<UnaryOperator>(E);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004827
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004828 switch(UO->getOpcode()) {
Daniel Dunbar1e76ce62008-08-04 20:02:37 +00004829 case UnaryOperator::Real:
4830 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
4831 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
4832 return getPrimaryDecl(UO->getSubExpr());
4833 default:
4834 return 0;
4835 }
4836 }
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004837 case Stmt::ParenExprClass:
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004838 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ParenExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004839 case Stmt::ImplicitCastExprClass:
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004840 // If the result of an implicit cast is an l-value, we care about
4841 // the sub-expression; otherwise, the result here doesn't matter.
Chris Lattnerf0467b32008-04-02 04:24:33 +00004842 return getPrimaryDecl(cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)->getSubExpr());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004843 default:
4844 return 0;
4845 }
4846}
4847
4848/// CheckAddressOfOperand - The operand of & must be either a function
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004849/// designator or an lvalue designating an object. If it is an lvalue, the
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004850/// object cannot be declared with storage class register or be a bit field.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004851/// Note: The usual conversions are *not* applied to the operand of the &
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004852/// operator (C99 6.3.2.1p[2-4]), and its result is never an lvalue.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004853/// In C++, the operand might be an overloaded function name, in which case
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004854/// we allow the '&' but retain the overloaded-function type.
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004855QualType Sema::CheckAddressOfOperand(Expr *op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004856 // Make sure to ignore parentheses in subsequent checks
4857 op = op->IgnoreParens();
4858
Douglas Gregor9103bb22008-12-17 22:52:20 +00004859 if (op->isTypeDependent())
4860 return Context.DependentTy;
4861
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004862 if (getLangOptions().C99) {
4863 // Implement C99-only parts of addressof rules.
4864 if (UnaryOperator* uOp = dyn_cast<UnaryOperator>(op)) {
4865 if (uOp->getOpcode() == UnaryOperator::Deref)
4866 // Per C99 6.5.3.2, the address of a deref always returns a valid result
4867 // (assuming the deref expression is valid).
4868 return uOp->getSubExpr()->getType();
4869 }
4870 // Technically, there should be a check for array subscript
4871 // expressions here, but the result of one is always an lvalue anyway.
4872 }
Douglas Gregor8e9bebd2008-10-21 16:13:35 +00004873 NamedDecl *dcl = getPrimaryDecl(op);
Chris Lattner28be73f2008-07-26 21:30:36 +00004874 Expr::isLvalueResult lval = op->isLvalue(Context);
Nuno Lopes6b6609f2008-12-16 22:59:47 +00004875
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004876 if (lval != Expr::LV_Valid && lval != Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4877 // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004878 // The operand must be either an l-value or a function designator
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004879 if (!op->getType()->isFunctionType()) {
Chris Lattnerf82228f2007-11-16 17:46:48 +00004880 // FIXME: emit more specific diag...
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00004881 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_invalid_lvalue_addrof)
4882 << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004883 return QualType();
4884 }
Douglas Gregor33bbbc52009-05-02 02:18:30 +00004885 } else if (op->getBitField()) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004886 // The operand cannot be a bit-field
4887 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4888 << "bit-field" << op->getSourceRange();
Douglas Gregor86f19402008-12-20 23:49:58 +00004889 return QualType();
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004890 } else if (isa<ExtVectorElementExpr>(op) || (isa<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op) &&
4891 cast<ArraySubscriptExpr>(op)->getBase()->getType()->isVectorType())){
Eli Friedman23d58ce2009-04-20 08:23:18 +00004892 // The operand cannot be an element of a vector
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004893 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
Nate Begemanb104b1f2009-02-15 22:45:20 +00004894 << "vector element" << op->getSourceRange();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004895 return QualType();
Fariborz Jahanian0337f212009-07-07 18:50:52 +00004896 } else if (isa<ObjCPropertyRefExpr>(op)) {
4897 // cannot take address of a property expression.
4898 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4899 << "property expression" << op->getSourceRange();
4900 return QualType();
Steve Naroffbcb2b612008-02-29 23:30:25 +00004901 } else if (dcl) { // C99 6.5.3.2p1
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004902 // We have an lvalue with a decl. Make sure the decl is not declared
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004903 // with the register storage-class specifier.
4904 if (const VarDecl *vd = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(dcl)) {
4905 if (vd->getStorageClass() == VarDecl::Register) {
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004906 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_address_of)
4907 << "register variable" << op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004908 return QualType();
4909 }
Douglas Gregor83314aa2009-07-08 20:55:45 +00004910 } else if (isa<OverloadedFunctionDecl>(dcl) ||
4911 isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor904eed32008-11-10 20:40:00 +00004912 return Context.OverloadTy;
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004913 } else if (FieldDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(dcl)) {
Douglas Gregor29882052008-12-10 21:26:49 +00004914 // Okay: we can take the address of a field.
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004915 // Could be a pointer to member, though, if there is an explicit
4916 // scope qualifier for the class.
4917 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op)) {
4918 DeclContext *Ctx = dcl->getDeclContext();
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004919 if (Ctx && Ctx->isRecord()) {
4920 if (FD->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
4921 Diag(OpLoc,
4922 diag::err_cannot_form_pointer_to_member_of_reference_type)
4923 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
4924 return QualType();
4925 }
4926
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004927 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4928 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<RecordDecl>(Ctx)).getTypePtr());
Anders Carlssonf9e48bd2009-07-08 21:45:58 +00004929 }
Sebastian Redlebc07d52009-02-03 20:19:35 +00004930 }
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004931 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
Nuno Lopes6fea8d22008-12-16 22:58:26 +00004932 // Okay: we can take the address of a function.
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004933 // As above.
Anders Carlsson196f7d02009-05-16 21:43:42 +00004934 if (isa<QualifiedDeclRefExpr>(op) && MD->isInstance())
4935 return Context.getMemberPointerType(op->getType(),
4936 Context.getTypeDeclType(MD->getParent()).getTypePtr());
4937 } else if (!isa<FunctionDecl>(dcl))
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004938 assert(0 && "Unknown/unexpected decl type");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004939 }
Sebastian Redl33b399a2009-02-04 21:23:32 +00004940
Eli Friedman441cf102009-05-16 23:27:50 +00004941 if (lval == Expr::LV_IncompleteVoidType) {
4942 // Taking the address of a void variable is technically illegal, but we
4943 // allow it in cases which are otherwise valid.
4944 // Example: "extern void x; void* y = &x;".
4945 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_typecheck_addrof_void) << op->getSourceRange();
4946 }
4947
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004948 // If the operand has type "type", the result has type "pointer to type".
4949 return Context.getPointerType(op->getType());
4950}
4951
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004952QualType Sema::CheckIndirectionOperand(Expr *Op, SourceLocation OpLoc) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00004953 if (Op->isTypeDependent())
4954 return Context.DependentTy;
4955
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004956 UsualUnaryConversions(Op);
4957 QualType Ty = Op->getType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004958
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004959 // Note that per both C89 and C99, this is always legal, even if ptype is an
4960 // incomplete type or void. It would be possible to warn about dereferencing
4961 // a void pointer, but it's completely well-defined, and such a warning is
4962 // unlikely to catch any mistakes.
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00004963 if (const PointerType *PT = Ty->getAs<PointerType>())
Steve Naroff08f19672008-01-13 17:10:08 +00004964 return PT->getPointeeType();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00004965
Steve Naroff14108da2009-07-10 23:34:53 +00004966 if (const ObjCObjectPointerType *OPT = Ty->getAsObjCObjectPointerType())
4967 return OPT->getPointeeType();
4968
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00004969 Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_indirection_requires_pointer)
Chris Lattner22caddc2008-11-23 09:13:29 +00004970 << Ty << Op->getSourceRange();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004971 return QualType();
4972}
4973
4974static inline BinaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(
4975 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
4976 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
4977 switch (Kind) {
4978 default: assert(0 && "Unknown binop!");
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00004979 case tok::periodstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemD; break;
4980 case tok::arrowstar: Opc = BinaryOperator::PtrMemI; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00004981 case tok::star: Opc = BinaryOperator::Mul; break;
4982 case tok::slash: Opc = BinaryOperator::Div; break;
4983 case tok::percent: Opc = BinaryOperator::Rem; break;
4984 case tok::plus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Add; break;
4985 case tok::minus: Opc = BinaryOperator::Sub; break;
4986 case tok::lessless: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shl; break;
4987 case tok::greatergreater: Opc = BinaryOperator::Shr; break;
4988 case tok::lessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::LE; break;
4989 case tok::less: Opc = BinaryOperator::LT; break;
4990 case tok::greaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::GE; break;
4991 case tok::greater: Opc = BinaryOperator::GT; break;
4992 case tok::exclaimequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::NE; break;
4993 case tok::equalequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::EQ; break;
4994 case tok::amp: Opc = BinaryOperator::And; break;
4995 case tok::caret: Opc = BinaryOperator::Xor; break;
4996 case tok::pipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::Or; break;
4997 case tok::ampamp: Opc = BinaryOperator::LAnd; break;
4998 case tok::pipepipe: Opc = BinaryOperator::LOr; break;
4999 case tok::equal: Opc = BinaryOperator::Assign; break;
5000 case tok::starequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::MulAssign; break;
5001 case tok::slashequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::DivAssign; break;
5002 case tok::percentequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::RemAssign; break;
5003 case tok::plusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AddAssign; break;
5004 case tok::minusequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::SubAssign; break;
5005 case tok::lesslessequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShlAssign; break;
5006 case tok::greatergreaterequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::ShrAssign; break;
5007 case tok::ampequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::AndAssign; break;
5008 case tok::caretequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::XorAssign; break;
5009 case tok::pipeequal: Opc = BinaryOperator::OrAssign; break;
5010 case tok::comma: Opc = BinaryOperator::Comma; break;
5011 }
5012 return Opc;
5013}
5014
5015static inline UnaryOperator::Opcode ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(
5016 tok::TokenKind Kind) {
5017 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc;
5018 switch (Kind) {
5019 default: assert(0 && "Unknown unary op!");
5020 case tok::plusplus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreInc; break;
5021 case tok::minusminus: Opc = UnaryOperator::PreDec; break;
5022 case tok::amp: Opc = UnaryOperator::AddrOf; break;
5023 case tok::star: Opc = UnaryOperator::Deref; break;
5024 case tok::plus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Plus; break;
5025 case tok::minus: Opc = UnaryOperator::Minus; break;
5026 case tok::tilde: Opc = UnaryOperator::Not; break;
5027 case tok::exclaim: Opc = UnaryOperator::LNot; break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005028 case tok::kw___real: Opc = UnaryOperator::Real; break;
5029 case tok::kw___imag: Opc = UnaryOperator::Imag; break;
5030 case tok::kw___extension__: Opc = UnaryOperator::Extension; break;
5031 }
5032 return Opc;
5033}
5034
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005035/// CreateBuiltinBinOp - Creates a new built-in binary operation with
5036/// operator @p Opc at location @c TokLoc. This routine only supports
5037/// built-in operations; ActOnBinOp handles overloaded operators.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005038Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinBinOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5039 unsigned Op,
5040 Expr *lhs, Expr *rhs) {
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005041 QualType ResultTy; // Result type of the binary operator.
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005042 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = (BinaryOperator::Opcode)Op;
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005043 // The following two variables are used for compound assignment operators
5044 QualType CompLHSTy; // Type of LHS after promotions for computation
5045 QualType CompResultTy; // Type of computation result
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005046
5047 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005048 case BinaryOperator::Assign:
5049 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, QualType());
5050 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005051 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemD:
5052 case BinaryOperator::PtrMemI:
5053 ResultTy = CheckPointerToMemberOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc,
5054 Opc == BinaryOperator::PtrMemI);
5055 break;
5056 case BinaryOperator::Mul:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005057 case BinaryOperator::Div:
5058 ResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5059 break;
5060 case BinaryOperator::Rem:
5061 ResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5062 break;
5063 case BinaryOperator::Add:
5064 ResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5065 break;
5066 case BinaryOperator::Sub:
5067 ResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5068 break;
Sebastian Redl22460502009-02-07 00:15:38 +00005069 case BinaryOperator::Shl:
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005070 case BinaryOperator::Shr:
5071 ResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5072 break;
5073 case BinaryOperator::LE:
5074 case BinaryOperator::LT:
5075 case BinaryOperator::GE:
5076 case BinaryOperator::GT:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005077 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, true);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005078 break;
5079 case BinaryOperator::EQ:
5080 case BinaryOperator::NE:
Douglas Gregora86b8322009-04-06 18:45:53 +00005081 ResultTy = CheckCompareOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, Opc, false);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005082 break;
5083 case BinaryOperator::And:
5084 case BinaryOperator::Xor:
5085 case BinaryOperator::Or:
5086 ResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5087 break;
5088 case BinaryOperator::LAnd:
5089 case BinaryOperator::LOr:
5090 ResultTy = CheckLogicalOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5091 break;
5092 case BinaryOperator::MulAssign:
5093 case BinaryOperator::DivAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005094 CompResultTy = CheckMultiplyDivideOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5095 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5096 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5097 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005098 break;
5099 case BinaryOperator::RemAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005100 CompResultTy = CheckRemainderOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5101 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5102 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5103 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005104 break;
5105 case BinaryOperator::AddAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005106 CompResultTy = CheckAdditionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5107 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5108 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005109 break;
5110 case BinaryOperator::SubAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005111 CompResultTy = CheckSubtractionOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, &CompLHSTy);
5112 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5113 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005114 break;
5115 case BinaryOperator::ShlAssign:
5116 case BinaryOperator::ShrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005117 CompResultTy = CheckShiftOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5118 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5119 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5120 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005121 break;
5122 case BinaryOperator::AndAssign:
5123 case BinaryOperator::XorAssign:
5124 case BinaryOperator::OrAssign:
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005125 CompResultTy = CheckBitwiseOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, true);
5126 CompLHSTy = CompResultTy;
5127 if (!CompResultTy.isNull())
5128 ResultTy = CheckAssignmentOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc, CompResultTy);
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005129 break;
5130 case BinaryOperator::Comma:
5131 ResultTy = CheckCommaOperands(lhs, rhs, OpLoc);
5132 break;
5133 }
5134 if (ResultTy.isNull())
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005135 return ExprError();
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005136 if (CompResultTy.isNull())
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005137 return Owned(new (Context) BinaryOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy, OpLoc));
5138 else
5139 return Owned(new (Context) CompoundAssignOperator(lhs, rhs, Opc, ResultTy,
Eli Friedmanab3a8522009-03-28 01:22:36 +00005140 CompLHSTy, CompResultTy,
5141 OpLoc));
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005142}
5143
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005144// Binary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005145Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBinOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation TokLoc,
5146 tok::TokenKind Kind,
5147 ExprArg LHS, ExprArg RHS) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005148 BinaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToBinaryOpcode(Kind);
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005149 Expr *lhs = LHS.takeAs<Expr>(), *rhs = RHS.takeAs<Expr>();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005150
Steve Narofff69936d2007-09-16 03:34:24 +00005151 assert((lhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing left expression");
5152 assert((rhs != 0) && "ActOnBinOp(): missing right expression");
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005153
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005154 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5155 (lhs->getType()->isOverloadableType() ||
5156 rhs->getType()->isOverloadableType())) {
5157 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5158 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5159 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5160 // the arguments.
Douglas Gregor3fd95ce2009-03-13 00:33:25 +00005161 FunctionSet Functions;
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005162 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = BinaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5163 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5164 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, lhs->getType(), rhs->getType(),
5165 Functions);
5166 Expr *Args[2] = { lhs, rhs };
5167 DeclarationName OpName
5168 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5169 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, Args, 2, Functions);
Douglas Gregoreb8f3062008-11-12 17:17:38 +00005170 }
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005171
Douglas Gregor063daf62009-03-13 18:40:31 +00005172 // Build the (potentially-overloaded, potentially-dependent)
5173 // binary operation.
5174 return CreateOverloadedBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, Functions, lhs, rhs);
Sebastian Redlb8a6aca2009-01-19 22:31:54 +00005175 }
5176
Douglas Gregoreaebc752008-11-06 23:29:22 +00005177 // Build a built-in binary operation.
5178 return CreateBuiltinBinOp(TokLoc, Opc, lhs, rhs);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005179}
5180
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005181Action::OwningExprResult Sema::CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5182 unsigned OpcIn,
5183 ExprArg InputArg) {
5184 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = static_cast<UnaryOperator::Opcode>(OpcIn);
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005185
Mike Stump390b4cc2009-05-16 07:39:55 +00005186 // FIXME: Input is modified below, but InputArg is not updated appropriately.
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005187 Expr *Input = (Expr *)InputArg.get();
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005188 QualType resultType;
5189 switch (Opc) {
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005190 case UnaryOperator::OffsetOf:
5191 assert(false && "Invalid unary operator");
5192 break;
5193
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005194 case UnaryOperator::PreInc:
5195 case UnaryOperator::PreDec:
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005196 case UnaryOperator::PostInc:
5197 case UnaryOperator::PostDec:
Sebastian Redle6d5a4a2008-12-20 09:35:34 +00005198 resultType = CheckIncrementDecrementOperand(Input, OpLoc,
Eli Friedmande99a452009-07-22 22:25:00 +00005199 Opc == UnaryOperator::PreInc ||
5200 Opc == UnaryOperator::PostInc);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005201 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005202 case UnaryOperator::AddrOf:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005203 resultType = CheckAddressOfOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5204 break;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005205 case UnaryOperator::Deref:
Steve Naroff1ca9b112007-12-18 04:06:57 +00005206 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005207 resultType = CheckIndirectionOperand(Input, OpLoc);
5208 break;
5209 case UnaryOperator::Plus:
5210 case UnaryOperator::Minus:
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005211 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5212 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005213 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5214 break;
Douglas Gregor74253732008-11-19 15:42:04 +00005215 if (resultType->isArithmeticType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
5216 break;
5217 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6-7
5218 resultType->isEnumeralType())
5219 break;
5220 else if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && // C++ [expr.unary.op]p6
5221 Opc == UnaryOperator::Plus &&
5222 resultType->isPointerType())
5223 break;
5224
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005225 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5226 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005227 case UnaryOperator::Not: // bitwise complement
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005228 UsualUnaryConversions(Input);
5229 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005230 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5231 break;
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005232 // C99 6.5.3.3p1. We allow complex int and float as a GCC extension.
5233 if (resultType->isComplexType() || resultType->isComplexIntegerType())
5234 // C99 does not support '~' for complex conjugation.
Chris Lattnerd3a94e22008-11-20 06:06:08 +00005235 Diag(OpLoc, diag::ext_integer_complement_complex)
Chris Lattnerd1625842008-11-24 06:25:27 +00005236 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner02a65142008-07-25 23:52:49 +00005237 else if (!resultType->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005238 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5239 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005240 break;
5241 case UnaryOperator::LNot: // logical negation
5242 // Unlike +/-/~, integer promotions aren't done here (C99 6.5.3.3p5).
Steve Naroffc80b4ee2007-07-16 21:54:35 +00005243 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Input);
5244 resultType = Input->getType();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005245 if (resultType->isDependentType())
5246 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005247 if (!resultType->isScalarType()) // C99 6.5.3.3p1
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005248 return ExprError(Diag(OpLoc, diag::err_typecheck_unary_expr)
5249 << resultType << Input->getSourceRange());
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005250 // LNot always has type int. C99 6.5.3.3p5.
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005251 // In C++, it's bool. C++ 5.3.1p8
5252 resultType = getLangOptions().CPlusPlus ? Context.BoolTy : Context.IntTy;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005253 break;
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005254 case UnaryOperator::Real:
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005255 case UnaryOperator::Imag:
Chris Lattnerba27e2a2009-02-17 08:12:06 +00005256 resultType = CheckRealImagOperand(Input, OpLoc, Opc == UnaryOperator::Real);
Chris Lattnerdbb36972007-08-24 21:16:53 +00005257 break;
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005258 case UnaryOperator::Extension:
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005259 resultType = Input->getType();
5260 break;
5261 }
5262 if (resultType.isNull())
Sebastian Redl0eb23302009-01-19 00:08:26 +00005263 return ExprError();
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005264
5265 InputArg.release();
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005266 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Input, Opc, resultType, OpLoc));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005267}
5268
Douglas Gregorbc736fc2009-03-13 23:49:33 +00005269// Unary Operators. 'Tok' is the token for the operator.
5270Action::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnUnaryOp(Scope *S, SourceLocation OpLoc,
5271 tok::TokenKind Op, ExprArg input) {
5272 Expr *Input = (Expr*)input.get();
5273 UnaryOperator::Opcode Opc = ConvertTokenKindToUnaryOpcode(Op);
5274
5275 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus && Input->getType()->isOverloadableType()) {
5276 // Find all of the overloaded operators visible from this
5277 // point. We perform both an operator-name lookup from the local
5278 // scope and an argument-dependent lookup based on the types of
5279 // the arguments.
5280 FunctionSet Functions;
5281 OverloadedOperatorKind OverOp = UnaryOperator::getOverloadedOperator(Opc);
5282 if (OverOp != OO_None) {
5283 LookupOverloadedOperatorName(OverOp, S, Input->getType(), QualType(),
5284 Functions);
5285 DeclarationName OpName
5286 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(OverOp);
5287 ArgumentDependentLookup(OpName, &Input, 1, Functions);
5288 }
5289
5290 return CreateOverloadedUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, Functions, move(input));
5291 }
5292
5293 return CreateBuiltinUnaryOp(OpLoc, Opc, move(input));
5294}
5295
Steve Naroff1b273c42007-09-16 14:56:35 +00005296/// ActOnAddrLabel - Parse the GNU address of label extension: "&&foo".
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005297Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnAddrLabel(SourceLocation OpLoc,
5298 SourceLocation LabLoc,
5299 IdentifierInfo *LabelII) {
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005300 // Look up the record for this label identifier.
Chris Lattnerea29a3a2009-04-18 20:01:55 +00005301 LabelStmt *&LabelDecl = getLabelMap()[LabelII];
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005302
Daniel Dunbar0ffb1252008-08-04 16:51:22 +00005303 // If we haven't seen this label yet, create a forward reference. It
5304 // will be validated and/or cleaned up in ActOnFinishFunctionBody.
Steve Naroffcaaacec2009-03-13 15:38:40 +00005305 if (LabelDecl == 0)
Steve Naroff6ece14c2009-01-21 00:14:39 +00005306 LabelDecl = new (Context) LabelStmt(LabLoc, LabelII, 0);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005307
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005308 // Create the AST node. The address of a label always has type 'void*'.
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005309 return Owned(new (Context) AddrLabelExpr(OpLoc, LabLoc, LabelDecl,
5310 Context.getPointerType(Context.VoidTy)));
Reid Spencer5f016e22007-07-11 17:01:13 +00005311}
5312
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005313Sema::OwningExprResult
5314Sema::ActOnStmtExpr(SourceLocation LPLoc, StmtArg substmt,
5315 SourceLocation RPLoc) { // "({..})"
5316 Stmt *SubStmt = static_cast<Stmt*>(substmt.get());
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005317 assert(SubStmt && isa<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt) && "Invalid action invocation!");
5318 CompoundStmt *Compound = cast<CompoundStmt>(SubStmt);
5319
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005320 bool isFileScope = getCurFunctionOrMethodDecl() == 0;
Chris Lattner4a049f02009-04-25 19:11:05 +00005321 if (isFileScope)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005322 return ExprError(Diag(LPLoc, diag::err_stmtexpr_file_scope));
Eli Friedmandca2b732009-01-24 23:09:00 +00005323
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005324 // FIXME: there are a variety of strange constraints to enforce here, for
5325 // example, it is not possible to goto into a stmt expression apparently.
5326 // More semantic analysis is needed.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005327
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005328 // If there are sub stmts in the compound stmt, take the type of the last one
5329 // as the type of the stmtexpr.
5330 QualType Ty = Context.VoidTy;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005331
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005332 if (!Compound->body_empty()) {
5333 Stmt *LastStmt = Compound->body_back();
5334 // If LastStmt is a label, skip down through into the body.
5335 while (LabelStmt *Label = dyn_cast<LabelStmt>(LastStmt))
5336 LastStmt = Label->getSubStmt();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005337
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005338 if (Expr *LastExpr = dyn_cast<Expr>(LastStmt))
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005339 Ty = LastExpr->getType();
Chris Lattner611b2ec2008-07-26 19:51:01 +00005340 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005341
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005342 // FIXME: Check that expression type is complete/non-abstract; statement
5343 // expressions are not lvalues.
5344
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005345 substmt.release();
5346 return Owned(new (Context) StmtExpr(Compound, Ty, LPLoc, RPLoc));
Chris Lattnerab18c4c2007-07-24 16:58:17 +00005347}
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005348
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005349Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBuiltinOffsetOf(Scope *S,
5350 SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5351 SourceLocation TypeLoc,
5352 TypeTy *argty,
5353 OffsetOfComponent *CompPtr,
5354 unsigned NumComponents,
5355 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5356 // FIXME: This function leaks all expressions in the offset components on
5357 // error.
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005358 QualType ArgTy = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(argty);
5359 assert(!ArgTy.isNull() && "Missing type argument!");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005360
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005361 bool Dependent = ArgTy->isDependentType();
5362
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005363 // We must have at least one component that refers to the type, and the first
5364 // one is known to be a field designator. Verify that the ArgTy represents
5365 // a struct/union/class.
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005366 if (!Dependent && !ArgTy->isRecordType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005367 return ExprError(Diag(TypeLoc, diag::err_offsetof_record_type) << ArgTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005368
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005369 // FIXME: Type must be complete per C99 7.17p3 because a declaring a variable
5370 // with an incomplete type would be illegal.
Douglas Gregor4fdf1fa2009-03-11 16:48:53 +00005371
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005372 // Otherwise, create a null pointer as the base, and iteratively process
5373 // the offsetof designators.
5374 QualType ArgTyPtr = Context.getPointerType(ArgTy);
5375 Expr* Res = new (Context) ImplicitValueInitExpr(ArgTyPtr);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005376 Res = new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::Deref,
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005377 ArgTy, SourceLocation());
Eli Friedman1d242592009-01-26 01:33:06 +00005378
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005379 // offsetof with non-identifier designators (e.g. "offsetof(x, a.b[c])") are a
5380 // GCC extension, diagnose them.
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005381 // FIXME: This diagnostic isn't actually visible because the location is in
5382 // a system header!
Chris Lattner9e2b75c2007-08-31 21:49:13 +00005383 if (NumComponents != 1)
Chris Lattnerdcd5ef12008-11-19 05:27:50 +00005384 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::ext_offsetof_extended_field_designator)
5385 << SourceRange(CompPtr[1].LocStart, CompPtr[NumComponents-1].LocEnd);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005386
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005387 if (!Dependent) {
Eli Friedmanc0d600c2009-05-03 21:22:18 +00005388 bool DidWarnAboutNonPOD = false;
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005389
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005390 // FIXME: Dependent case loses a lot of information here. And probably
5391 // leaks like a sieve.
5392 for (unsigned i = 0; i != NumComponents; ++i) {
5393 const OffsetOfComponent &OC = CompPtr[i];
5394 if (OC.isBrackets) {
5395 // Offset of an array sub-field. TODO: Should we allow vector elements?
5396 const ArrayType *AT = Context.getAsArrayType(Res->getType());
5397 if (!AT) {
5398 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005399 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_array_type)
5400 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005401 }
5402
5403 // FIXME: C++: Verify that operator[] isn't overloaded.
5404
Eli Friedman35183ac2009-02-27 06:44:11 +00005405 // Promote the array so it looks more like a normal array subscript
5406 // expression.
5407 DefaultFunctionArrayConversion(Res);
5408
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005409 // C99 6.5.2.1p1
5410 Expr *Idx = static_cast<Expr*>(OC.U.E);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005411 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005412 if (!Idx->isTypeDependent() && !Idx->getType()->isIntegerType())
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005413 return ExprError(Diag(Idx->getLocStart(),
Chris Lattner338395d2009-04-25 22:50:55 +00005414 diag::err_typecheck_subscript_not_integer)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005415 << Idx->getSourceRange());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005416
5417 Res = new (Context) ArraySubscriptExpr(Res, Idx, AT->getElementType(),
5418 OC.LocEnd);
5419 continue;
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005420 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005421
Ted Kremenek6217b802009-07-29 21:53:49 +00005422 const RecordType *RC = Res->getType()->getAs<RecordType>();
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005423 if (!RC) {
5424 Res->Destroy(Context);
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005425 return ExprError(Diag(OC.LocEnd, diag::err_offsetof_record_type)
5426 << Res->getType());
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005427 }
Chris Lattner704fe352007-08-30 17:59:59 +00005428
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005429 // Get the decl corresponding to this.
5430 RecordDecl *RD = RC->getDecl();
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005431 if (CXXRecordDecl *CRD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RD)) {
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005432 if (!CRD->isPOD() && !DidWarnAboutNonPOD) {
Anders Carlssonf9b8bc62009-05-02 17:45:47 +00005433 ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::warn_offsetof_non_pod_type)
5434 << SourceRange(CompPtr[0].LocStart, OC.LocEnd)
5435 << Res->getType());
Anders Carlsson5992e4a2009-05-02 18:36:10 +00005436 DidWarnAboutNonPOD = true;
5437 }
Anders Carlsson6d7f1492009-05-01 23:20:30 +00005438 }
5439
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005440 FieldDecl *MemberDecl
5441 = dyn_cast_or_null<FieldDecl>(LookupQualifiedName(RD, OC.U.IdentInfo,
5442 LookupMemberName)
5443 .getAsDecl());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005444 // FIXME: Leaks Res
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005445 if (!MemberDecl)
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005446 return ExprError(Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_typecheck_no_member)
5447 << OC.U.IdentInfo << SourceRange(OC.LocStart, OC.LocEnd));
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005448
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005449 // FIXME: C++: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a static field.
5450 // FIXME: Verify that MemberDecl isn't a bitfield.
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005451 if (cast<RecordDecl>(MemberDecl->getDeclContext())->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
Anders Carlssonf1b1d592009-05-01 19:30:39 +00005452 Res = BuildAnonymousStructUnionMemberReference(
5453 SourceLocation(), MemberDecl, Res, SourceLocation()).takeAs<Expr>();
Eli Friedmane9356962009-04-26 20:50:44 +00005454 } else {
5455 // MemberDecl->getType() doesn't get the right qualifiers, but it
5456 // doesn't matter here.
5457 Res = new (Context) MemberExpr(Res, false, MemberDecl, OC.LocEnd,
5458 MemberDecl->getType().getNonReferenceType());
5459 }
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005460 }
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005461 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005462
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005463 return Owned(new (Context) UnaryOperator(Res, UnaryOperator::OffsetOf,
5464 Context.getSizeType(), BuiltinLoc));
Chris Lattner73d0d4f2007-08-30 17:45:32 +00005465}
5466
5467
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005468Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnTypesCompatibleExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5469 TypeTy *arg1,TypeTy *arg2,
5470 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005471 QualType argT1 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg1);
5472 QualType argT2 = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(arg2);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005473
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005474 assert((!argT1.isNull() && !argT2.isNull()) && "Missing type argument(s)");
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005475
Douglas Gregorc12a9c52009-05-19 22:28:02 +00005476 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus) {
5477 Diag(BuiltinLoc, diag::err_types_compatible_p_in_cplusplus)
5478 << SourceRange(BuiltinLoc, RPLoc);
5479 return ExprError();
5480 }
5481
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005482 return Owned(new (Context) TypesCompatibleExpr(Context.IntTy, BuiltinLoc,
5483 argT1, argT2, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd34e9152007-08-01 22:05:33 +00005484}
5485
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005486Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnChooseExpr(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5487 ExprArg cond,
5488 ExprArg expr1, ExprArg expr2,
5489 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
5490 Expr *CondExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(cond.get());
5491 Expr *LHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr1.get());
5492 Expr *RHSExpr = static_cast<Expr*>(expr2.get());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005493
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005494 assert((CondExpr && LHSExpr && RHSExpr) && "Missing type argument(s)");
5495
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005496 QualType resType;
Douglas Gregorc9ecc572009-05-19 22:43:30 +00005497 if (CondExpr->isTypeDependent() || CondExpr->isValueDependent()) {
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005498 resType = Context.DependentTy;
5499 } else {
5500 // The conditional expression is required to be a constant expression.
5501 llvm::APSInt condEval(32);
5502 SourceLocation ExpLoc;
5503 if (!CondExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(condEval, Context, &ExpLoc))
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005504 return ExprError(Diag(ExpLoc,
5505 diag::err_typecheck_choose_expr_requires_constant)
5506 << CondExpr->getSourceRange());
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005507
Sebastian Redl28507842009-02-26 14:39:58 +00005508 // If the condition is > zero, then the AST type is the same as the LSHExpr.
5509 resType = condEval.getZExtValue() ? LHSExpr->getType() : RHSExpr->getType();
5510 }
5511
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005512 cond.release(); expr1.release(); expr2.release();
5513 return Owned(new (Context) ChooseExpr(BuiltinLoc, CondExpr, LHSExpr, RHSExpr,
5514 resType, RPLoc));
Steve Naroffd04fdd52007-08-03 21:21:27 +00005515}
5516
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005517//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5518// Clang Extensions.
5519//===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
5520
5521/// ActOnBlockStart - This callback is invoked when a block literal is started.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005522void Sema::ActOnBlockStart(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *BlockScope) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005523 // Analyze block parameters.
5524 BlockSemaInfo *BSI = new BlockSemaInfo();
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005525
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005526 // Add BSI to CurBlock.
5527 BSI->PrevBlockInfo = CurBlock;
5528 CurBlock = BSI;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005529
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005530 BSI->ReturnType = QualType();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005531 BSI->TheScope = BlockScope;
Mike Stumpb83d2872009-02-19 22:01:56 +00005532 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs = false;
Daniel Dunbar1d2154c2009-07-29 01:59:17 +00005533 BSI->hasPrototype = false;
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005534 BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5535 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = false;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005536
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005537 BSI->TheDecl = BlockDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, CaretLoc);
Douglas Gregor44b43212008-12-11 16:49:14 +00005538 PushDeclContext(BlockScope, BSI->TheDecl);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005539}
5540
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005541void Sema::ActOnBlockArguments(Declarator &ParamInfo, Scope *CurScope) {
Mike Stumpaf199f32009-05-07 18:43:07 +00005542 assert(ParamInfo.getIdentifier()==0 && "block-id should have no identifier!");
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005543
5544 if (ParamInfo.getNumTypeObjects() == 0
5545 || ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind != DeclaratorChunk::Function) {
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005546 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005547 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5548
Mike Stump4eeab842009-04-28 01:10:27 +00005549 if (T->isArrayType()) {
5550 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5551 diag::err_block_returns_array);
5552 return;
5553 }
5554
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005555 // The parameter list is optional, if there was none, assume ().
5556 if (!T->isFunctionType())
5557 T = Context.getFunctionType(T, NULL, 0, 0, 0);
5558
5559 CurBlock->hasPrototype = true;
5560 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005561 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005562 if (CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005563 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005564 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005565 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5566 }
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005567 QualType RetTy = T.getTypePtr()->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5568
5569 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5570 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5571 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5572 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5573 return;
5574 }
Mike Stump98eb8a72009-02-04 22:31:32 +00005575 return;
5576 }
5577
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005578 // Analyze arguments to block.
5579 assert(ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
5580 "Not a function declarator!");
5581 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = ParamInfo.getTypeObject(0).Fun;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005582
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005583 CurBlock->hasPrototype = FTI.hasPrototype;
5584 CurBlock->isVariadic = true;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005585
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005586 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs function that takes
5587 // no arguments, not a function that takes a single void argument.
5588 if (FTI.hasPrototype &&
5589 FTI.NumArgs == 1 && !FTI.isVariadic && FTI.ArgInfo[0].Ident == 0 &&
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005590 (!FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType().getCVRQualifiers()&&
5591 FTI.ArgInfo[0].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>()->getType()->isVoidType())) {
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005592 // empty arg list, don't push any params.
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005593 CurBlock->isVariadic = false;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005594 } else if (FTI.hasPrototype) {
5595 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumArgs; i != e; ++i)
Chris Lattnerb28317a2009-03-28 19:18:32 +00005596 CurBlock->Params.push_back(FTI.ArgInfo[i].Param.getAs<ParmVarDecl>());
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005597 CurBlock->isVariadic = FTI.isVariadic;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005598 }
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005599 CurBlock->TheDecl->setParams(Context, CurBlock->Params.data(),
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005600 CurBlock->Params.size());
Fariborz Jahaniand66f22d2009-05-19 17:08:59 +00005601 CurBlock->TheDecl->setIsVariadic(CurBlock->isVariadic);
Douglas Gregor9cdda0c2009-06-17 21:51:59 +00005602 ProcessDeclAttributes(CurScope, CurBlock->TheDecl, ParamInfo);
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005603 for (BlockDecl::param_iterator AI = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_begin(),
5604 E = CurBlock->TheDecl->param_end(); AI != E; ++AI)
5605 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
5606 if ((*AI)->getIdentifier())
5607 PushOnScopeChains(*AI, CurBlock->TheScope);
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005608
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005609 // Check for a valid sentinel attribute on this block.
Douglas Gregor68584ed2009-06-18 16:11:24 +00005610 if (!CurBlock->isVariadic &&
Argyrios Kyrtzidis40b598e2009-06-30 02:34:44 +00005611 CurBlock->TheDecl->getAttr<SentinelAttr>()) {
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005612 Diag(ParamInfo.getAttributes()->getLoc(),
Fariborz Jahanian3bba33d2009-05-15 21:18:04 +00005613 diag::warn_attribute_sentinel_not_variadic) << 1;
Fariborz Jahanian2f7c3922009-05-14 20:53:39 +00005614 // FIXME: remove the attribute.
5615 }
5616
Chris Lattner9097af12009-04-11 19:27:54 +00005617 // Analyze the return type.
5618 QualType T = GetTypeForDeclarator(ParamInfo, CurScope);
5619 QualType RetTy = T->getAsFunctionType()->getResultType();
5620
5621 // Do not allow returning a objc interface by-value.
5622 if (RetTy->isObjCInterfaceType()) {
5623 Diag(ParamInfo.getSourceRange().getBegin(),
5624 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 0 << RetTy;
5625 } else if (!RetTy->isDependentType())
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005626 CurBlock->ReturnType = RetTy;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005627}
5628
5629/// ActOnBlockError - If there is an error parsing a block, this callback
5630/// is invoked to pop the information about the block from the action impl.
5631void Sema::ActOnBlockError(SourceLocation CaretLoc, Scope *CurScope) {
5632 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5633 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> CC(CurBlock);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005634
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005635 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = CurBlock->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5636
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005637 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
Chris Lattner5c59e2b2009-04-21 22:38:46 +00005638 PopDeclContext();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005639 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005640 // FIXME: Delete the ParmVarDecl objects as well???
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005641}
5642
5643/// ActOnBlockStmtExpr - This is called when the body of a block statement
5644/// literal was successfully completed. ^(int x){...}
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005645Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnBlockStmtExpr(SourceLocation CaretLoc,
5646 StmtArg body, Scope *CurScope) {
Chris Lattner9af55002009-03-27 04:18:06 +00005647 // If blocks are disabled, emit an error.
5648 if (!LangOpts.Blocks)
5649 Diag(CaretLoc, diag::err_blocks_disable);
5650
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005651 // Ensure that CurBlock is deleted.
5652 llvm::OwningPtr<BlockSemaInfo> BSI(CurBlock);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005653
Steve Naroff090276f2008-10-10 01:28:17 +00005654 PopDeclContext();
5655
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005656 // Pop off CurBlock, handle nested blocks.
5657 CurBlock = CurBlock->PrevBlockInfo;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005658
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005659 QualType RetTy = Context.VoidTy;
Fariborz Jahanian7d5c74e2009-06-19 23:37:08 +00005660 if (!BSI->ReturnType.isNull())
5661 RetTy = BSI->ReturnType;
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005662
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005663 llvm::SmallVector<QualType, 8> ArgTypes;
5664 for (unsigned i = 0, e = BSI->Params.size(); i != e; ++i)
5665 ArgTypes.push_back(BSI->Params[i]->getType());
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005666
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005667 bool NoReturn = BSI->TheDecl->getAttr<NoReturnAttr>();
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005668 QualType BlockTy;
5669 if (!BSI->hasPrototype)
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005670 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, 0, 0, false, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5671 NoReturn);
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005672 else
Jay Foadbeaaccd2009-05-21 09:52:38 +00005673 BlockTy = Context.getFunctionType(RetTy, ArgTypes.data(), ArgTypes.size(),
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005674 BSI->isVariadic, 0, false, false, 0, 0,
5675 NoReturn);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005676
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005677 // FIXME: Check that return/parameter types are complete/non-abstract
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005678 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(BSI->Params.begin(), BSI->Params.end());
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005679 BlockTy = Context.getBlockPointerType(BlockTy);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005680
Chris Lattner17a78302009-04-19 05:28:12 +00005681 // If needed, diagnose invalid gotos and switches in the block.
5682 if (CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking)
5683 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(static_cast<CompoundStmt*>(body.get()));
5684 CurFunctionNeedsScopeChecking = BSI->SavedFunctionNeedsScopeChecking;
5685
Anders Carlssone9146f22009-05-01 19:49:17 +00005686 BSI->TheDecl->setBody(body.takeAs<CompoundStmt>());
Mike Stump56925862009-07-28 22:04:01 +00005687 CheckFallThroughForBlock(BlockTy, BSI->TheDecl->getBody());
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005688 return Owned(new (Context) BlockExpr(BSI->TheDecl, BlockTy,
5689 BSI->hasBlockDeclRefExprs));
Steve Naroff4eb206b2008-09-03 18:15:37 +00005690}
5691
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005692Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnVAArg(SourceLocation BuiltinLoc,
5693 ExprArg expr, TypeTy *type,
5694 SourceLocation RPLoc) {
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005695 QualType T = QualType::getFromOpaquePtr(type);
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005696 Expr *E = static_cast<Expr*>(expr.get());
5697 Expr *OrigExpr = E;
5698
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005699 InitBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005700
5701 // Get the va_list type
5702 QualType VaListType = Context.getBuiltinVaListType();
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005703 if (VaListType->isArrayType()) {
5704 // Deal with implicit array decay; for example, on x86-64,
5705 // va_list is an array, but it's supposed to decay to
5706 // a pointer for va_arg.
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005707 VaListType = Context.getArrayDecayedType(VaListType);
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005708 // Make sure the input expression also decays appropriately.
5709 UsualUnaryConversions(E);
5710 } else {
5711 // Otherwise, the va_list argument must be an l-value because
5712 // it is modified by va_arg.
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005713 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5714 CheckForModifiableLvalue(E, BuiltinLoc, *this))
Eli Friedman5c091ba2009-05-16 12:46:54 +00005715 return ExprError();
5716 }
Eli Friedmanc34bcde2008-08-09 23:32:40 +00005717
Douglas Gregordd027302009-05-19 23:10:31 +00005718 if (!E->isTypeDependent() &&
5719 !Context.hasSameType(VaListType, E->getType())) {
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005720 return ExprError(Diag(E->getLocStart(),
5721 diag::err_first_argument_to_va_arg_not_of_type_va_list)
Chris Lattner0d20b8a2009-04-05 15:49:53 +00005722 << OrigExpr->getType() << E->getSourceRange());
Chris Lattner9dc8f192009-04-05 00:59:53 +00005723 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005724
Eli Friedmanb1d796d2009-03-23 00:24:07 +00005725 // FIXME: Check that type is complete/non-abstract
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005726 // FIXME: Warn if a non-POD type is passed in.
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005727
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005728 expr.release();
5729 return Owned(new (Context) VAArgExpr(BuiltinLoc, E, T.getNonReferenceType(),
5730 RPLoc));
Anders Carlsson7c50aca2007-10-15 20:28:48 +00005731}
5732
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005733Sema::OwningExprResult Sema::ActOnGNUNullExpr(SourceLocation TokenLoc) {
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005734 // The type of __null will be int or long, depending on the size of
5735 // pointers on the target.
5736 QualType Ty;
5737 if (Context.Target.getPointerWidth(0) == Context.Target.getIntWidth())
5738 Ty = Context.IntTy;
5739 else
5740 Ty = Context.LongTy;
5741
Sebastian Redlf53597f2009-03-15 17:47:39 +00005742 return Owned(new (Context) GNUNullExpr(Ty, TokenLoc));
Douglas Gregor2d8b2732008-11-29 04:51:27 +00005743}
5744
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005745bool Sema::DiagnoseAssignmentResult(AssignConvertType ConvTy,
5746 SourceLocation Loc,
5747 QualType DstType, QualType SrcType,
5748 Expr *SrcExpr, const char *Flavor) {
5749 // Decode the result (notice that AST's are still created for extensions).
5750 bool isInvalid = false;
5751 unsigned DiagKind;
5752 switch (ConvTy) {
5753 default: assert(0 && "Unknown conversion type");
5754 case Compatible: return false;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005755 case PointerToInt:
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005756 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_int;
5757 break;
Chris Lattnerb7b61152008-01-04 18:22:42 +00005758 case IntToPointer:
5759 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_int_pointer;
5760 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005761 case IncompatiblePointer:
5762 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer;
5763 break;
Eli Friedmanf05c05d2009-03-22 23:59:44 +00005764 case IncompatiblePointerSign:
5765 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_incompatible_pointer_sign;
5766 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005767 case FunctionVoidPointer:
5768 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_pointer_void_func;
5769 break;
5770 case CompatiblePointerDiscardsQualifiers:
Douglas Gregor77a52232008-09-12 00:47:35 +00005771 // If the qualifiers lost were because we were applying the
5772 // (deprecated) C++ conversion from a string literal to a char*
5773 // (or wchar_t*), then there was no error (C++ 4.2p2). FIXME:
5774 // Ideally, this check would be performed in
5775 // CheckPointerTypesForAssignment. However, that would require a
5776 // bit of refactoring (so that the second argument is an
5777 // expression, rather than a type), which should be done as part
5778 // of a larger effort to fix CheckPointerTypesForAssignment for
5779 // C++ semantics.
5780 if (getLangOptions().CPlusPlus &&
5781 IsStringLiteralToNonConstPointerConversion(SrcExpr, DstType))
5782 return false;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005783 DiagKind = diag::ext_typecheck_convert_discards_qualifiers;
5784 break;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005785 case IntToBlockPointer:
5786 DiagKind = diag::err_int_to_block_pointer;
5787 break;
5788 case IncompatibleBlockPointer:
Mike Stump25efa102009-04-21 22:51:42 +00005789 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible_block_pointer;
Steve Naroff1c7d0672008-09-04 15:10:53 +00005790 break;
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005791 case IncompatibleObjCQualifiedId:
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005792 // FIXME: Diagnose the problem in ObjCQualifiedIdTypesAreCompatible, since
Steve Naroff39579072008-10-14 22:18:38 +00005793 // it can give a more specific diagnostic.
5794 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_qualified_id;
5795 break;
Anders Carlssonb0f90cc2009-01-30 23:17:46 +00005796 case IncompatibleVectors:
5797 DiagKind = diag::warn_incompatible_vectors;
5798 break;
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005799 case Incompatible:
5800 DiagKind = diag::err_typecheck_convert_incompatible;
5801 isInvalid = true;
5802 break;
5803 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005804
Chris Lattnerd9d22dd2008-11-24 05:29:24 +00005805 Diag(Loc, DiagKind) << DstType << SrcType << Flavor
5806 << SrcExpr->getSourceRange();
Chris Lattner5cf216b2008-01-04 18:04:52 +00005807 return isInvalid;
5808}
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005809
Chris Lattner3bf68932009-04-25 21:59:05 +00005810bool Sema::VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(const Expr *E, llvm::APSInt *Result){
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005811 llvm::APSInt ICEResult;
5812 if (E->isIntegerConstantExpr(ICEResult, Context)) {
5813 if (Result)
5814 *Result = ICEResult;
5815 return false;
5816 }
5817
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005818 Expr::EvalResult EvalResult;
5819
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005820 if (!E->Evaluate(EvalResult, Context) || !EvalResult.Val.isInt() ||
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005821 EvalResult.HasSideEffects) {
5822 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_expr_not_ice) << E->getSourceRange();
5823
5824 if (EvalResult.Diag) {
5825 // We only show the note if it's not the usual "invalid subexpression"
5826 // or if it's actually in a subexpression.
5827 if (EvalResult.Diag != diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_ice ||
5828 E->IgnoreParens() != EvalResult.DiagExpr->IgnoreParens())
5829 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
5830 }
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005831
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005832 return true;
5833 }
5834
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005835 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::ext_expr_not_ice) <<
5836 E->getSourceRange();
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005837
Eli Friedman3b5ccca2009-04-25 22:26:58 +00005838 if (EvalResult.Diag &&
5839 Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag::ext_expr_not_ice) != Diagnostic::Ignored)
5840 Diag(EvalResult.DiagLoc, EvalResult.Diag);
Mike Stumpeed9cac2009-02-19 03:04:26 +00005841
Anders Carlssone21555e2008-11-30 19:50:32 +00005842 if (Result)
5843 *Result = EvalResult.Val.getInt();
5844 return false;
5845}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005846
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005847Sema::ExpressionEvaluationContext
5848Sema::PushExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5849 // Introduce a new set of potentially referenced declarations to the stack.
5850 if (NewContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated)
5851 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.push_back(PotentiallyReferencedDecls());
5852
5853 std::swap(ExprEvalContext, NewContext);
5854 return NewContext;
5855}
5856
5857void
5858Sema::PopExpressionEvaluationContext(ExpressionEvaluationContext OldContext,
5859 ExpressionEvaluationContext NewContext) {
5860 ExprEvalContext = NewContext;
5861
5862 if (OldContext == PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated) {
5863 // Mark any remaining declarations in the current position of the stack
5864 // as "referenced". If they were not meant to be referenced, semantic
5865 // analysis would have eliminated them (e.g., in ActOnCXXTypeId).
5866 PotentiallyReferencedDecls RemainingDecls;
5867 RemainingDecls.swap(PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back());
5868 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.pop_back();
5869
5870 for (PotentiallyReferencedDecls::iterator I = RemainingDecls.begin(),
5871 IEnd = RemainingDecls.end();
5872 I != IEnd; ++I)
5873 MarkDeclarationReferenced(I->first, I->second);
5874 }
5875}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005876
5877/// \brief Note that the given declaration was referenced in the source code.
5878///
5879/// This routine should be invoke whenever a given declaration is referenced
5880/// in the source code, and where that reference occurred. If this declaration
5881/// reference means that the the declaration is used (C++ [basic.def.odr]p2,
5882/// C99 6.9p3), then the declaration will be marked as used.
5883///
5884/// \param Loc the location where the declaration was referenced.
5885///
5886/// \param D the declaration that has been referenced by the source code.
5887void Sema::MarkDeclarationReferenced(SourceLocation Loc, Decl *D) {
5888 assert(D && "No declaration?");
5889
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005890 if (D->isUsed())
5891 return;
5892
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005893 // Mark a parameter declaration "used", regardless of whether we're in a
5894 // template or not.
5895 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(D))
5896 D->setUsed(true);
5897
5898 // Do not mark anything as "used" within a dependent context; wait for
5899 // an instantiation.
5900 if (CurContext->isDependentContext())
5901 return;
5902
Douglas Gregorac7610d2009-06-22 20:57:11 +00005903 switch (ExprEvalContext) {
5904 case Unevaluated:
5905 // We are in an expression that is not potentially evaluated; do nothing.
5906 return;
5907
5908 case PotentiallyEvaluated:
5909 // We are in a potentially-evaluated expression, so this declaration is
5910 // "used"; handle this below.
5911 break;
5912
5913 case PotentiallyPotentiallyEvaluated:
5914 // We are in an expression that may be potentially evaluated; queue this
5915 // declaration reference until we know whether the expression is
5916 // potentially evaluated.
5917 PotentiallyReferencedDeclStack.back().push_back(std::make_pair(Loc, D));
5918 return;
5919 }
5920
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005921 // Note that this declaration has been used.
Fariborz Jahanianb7f4cc02009-06-22 17:30:33 +00005922 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005923 unsigned TypeQuals;
Fariborz Jahanian05a5c452009-06-22 20:37:23 +00005924 if (Constructor->isImplicit() && Constructor->isDefaultConstructor()) {
5925 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5926 DefineImplicitDefaultConstructor(Loc, Constructor);
Mike Stumpac5fc7c2009-08-04 21:02:39 +00005927 } else if (Constructor->isImplicit() &&
5928 Constructor->isCopyConstructor(Context, TypeQuals)) {
Fariborz Jahanian485f0872009-06-22 23:34:40 +00005929 if (!Constructor->isUsed())
5930 DefineImplicitCopyConstructor(Loc, Constructor, TypeQuals);
5931 }
Fariborz Jahanian8d2b3562009-06-26 23:49:16 +00005932 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(D)) {
5933 if (Destructor->isImplicit() && !Destructor->isUsed())
5934 DefineImplicitDestructor(Loc, Destructor);
5935
Fariborz Jahanianc75bc2d2009-06-25 21:45:19 +00005936 } else if (CXXMethodDecl *MethodDecl = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
5937 if (MethodDecl->isImplicit() && MethodDecl->isOverloadedOperator() &&
5938 MethodDecl->getOverloadedOperator() == OO_Equal) {
5939 if (!MethodDecl->isUsed())
5940 DefineImplicitOverloadedAssign(Loc, MethodDecl);
5941 }
5942 }
Fariborz Jahanianf5ed9e02009-06-24 22:09:44 +00005943 if (FunctionDecl *Function = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005944 // Implicit instantiation of function templates and member functions of
5945 // class templates.
Argyrios Kyrtzidis6fb0aee2009-06-30 02:35:26 +00005946 if (!Function->getBody()) {
Douglas Gregor1637be72009-06-26 00:10:03 +00005947 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations of function
5948 // templates and explicit specializations (the latter don't get
5949 // instantiated, naturally).
5950 if (Function->getInstantiatedFromMemberFunction() ||
5951 Function->getPrimaryTemplate())
Douglas Gregorb33fe2f2009-06-30 17:20:14 +00005952 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Function, Loc));
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005953 }
5954
5955
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005956 // FIXME: keep track of references to static functions
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005957 Function->setUsed(true);
5958 return;
Douglas Gregord7f37bf2009-06-22 23:06:13 +00005959 }
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005960
5961 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005962 // Implicit instantiation of static data members of class templates.
5963 // FIXME: distinguish between implicit instantiations (which we need to
5964 // actually instantiate) and explicit specializations.
5965 if (Var->isStaticDataMember() &&
5966 Var->getInstantiatedFromStaticDataMember())
5967 PendingImplicitInstantiations.push_back(std::make_pair(Var, Loc));
5968
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005969 // FIXME: keep track of references to static data?
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005970
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005971 D->setUsed(true);
Douglas Gregor7caa6822009-07-24 20:34:43 +00005972 return;
5973}
Douglas Gregore0762c92009-06-19 23:52:42 +00005974}
5975